1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (19146 53667))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5
"5x5" "\
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil
)
34 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly
"5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
39 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current
"5x5" "\
40 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
44 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best
"5x5" "\
45 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
49 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate
"5x5" "\
50 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
55 (autoload '5x5-crack
"5x5" "\
56 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
59 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
60 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
61 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
67 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
71 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table
"abbrevlist" "\
72 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
74 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil
)
78 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
80 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
82 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions
"ada-mode" "\
83 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
84 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
86 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
89 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil
)
91 (autoload 'ada-mode
"ada-mode" "\
92 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
98 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102 (autoload 'ada-header
"ada-stmt" "\
103 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
109 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
110 ;;;;;; (19088 18200))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
113 (autoload 'ada-find-file
"ada-xref" "\
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
117 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
121 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
122 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
123 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
124 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (19128
126 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
128 (put 'change-log-default-name
'safe-local-variable
'string-or-null-p
)
130 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil
"\
131 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
132 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
133 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
135 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function
"add-log" t
)
137 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
138 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
139 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
141 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name
"add-log" t
)
143 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
144 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
145 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
146 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
147 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
148 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
150 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address
"add-log" t
)
152 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name
"add-log" "\
153 Prompt for a change log name.
157 (autoload 'find-change-log
"add-log" "\
158 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
160 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
161 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
163 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
165 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
166 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
167 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
169 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
170 current buffer to the complete file name.
171 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
173 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil
)
175 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry
"add-log" "\
176 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
177 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
178 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
180 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
181 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
183 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
185 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
186 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
187 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
189 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
190 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
191 after a comma on an existing line.
193 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
194 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
197 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
198 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
201 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
202 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
204 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil
)
206 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
"add-log" "\
207 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
208 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
209 the change log file in another window.
211 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil
)
213 (autoload 'change-log-mode
"add-log" "\
214 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
215 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
216 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
217 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
218 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
220 \\{change-log-mode-map}
224 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
'(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
) "\
225 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
227 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
'(c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
) "\
228 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
230 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
'(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode
) "\
231 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
233 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun
"add-log" "\
234 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
236 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
237 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
239 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
240 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
241 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
242 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
243 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
245 Has a preference of looking backwards.
249 (autoload 'change-log-merge
"add-log" "\
250 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
251 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
252 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
255 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
256 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
258 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil
)
262 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
263 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
264 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (19146 53666))
265 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
267 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
'warn
"\
268 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
269 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
270 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
271 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
272 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
273 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
274 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
275 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
276 interpreted as `error'.")
278 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action
"advice" t
)
280 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
'maybe
"\
281 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
282 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
283 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
284 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
285 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
286 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
287 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
289 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action
"advice" t
)
291 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice
"advice" "\
292 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
294 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
296 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice
"advice" "\
297 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
299 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
301 (autoload 'ad-add-advice
"advice" "\
302 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
303 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
304 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
305 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
306 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
307 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
308 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
309 will be overwritten with the new one.
310 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
311 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
312 will clear the cache.
314 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil
)
316 (autoload 'ad-activate
"advice" "\
317 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
318 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
319 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
320 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
321 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
322 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
323 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
324 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
325 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
326 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
327 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
328 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
329 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
330 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
331 definition will always be cached for later usage.
333 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil
)
335 (autoload 'defadvice
"advice" "\
336 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
337 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
339 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
340 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
343 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
344 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
345 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
346 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
347 see also `ad-add-advice'.
348 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
349 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
350 before/around/after-advices will be used.
351 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
352 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
353 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
354 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
355 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
356 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
358 Semantics of the various flags:
359 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
360 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
361 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
363 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
364 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
366 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
367 advised function should be compiled.
369 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
370 during activation until somebody enables it.
372 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
373 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
374 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
375 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
377 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
378 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
379 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
380 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
381 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
384 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
385 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
386 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
389 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
393 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
394 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
395 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (18891 43919))
396 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
398 (autoload 'align
"align" "\
399 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
400 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
401 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
402 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
403 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
404 rule's `separate' attribute).
406 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
407 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
408 `separate' attribute set.
410 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
411 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
412 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
413 on the format of these lists.
415 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
417 (autoload 'align-regexp
"align" "\
418 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
419 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
420 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
421 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
422 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
423 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
424 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
425 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
426 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
429 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
430 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
434 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
437 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
438 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
439 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
441 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil
)
443 (autoload 'align-entire
"align" "\
444 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
445 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
446 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
447 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
450 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
452 (autoload 'align-current
"align" "\
453 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
454 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
455 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
456 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
457 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
458 been used to align that section.
460 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
462 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule
"align" "\
463 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
464 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
465 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
466 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
467 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
470 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
472 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule
"align" "\
473 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
477 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent
"align" "\
478 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
484 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
485 ;;;;;; (19146 53664))
486 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
488 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
490 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies
'safe-local-variable
'(lambda (x) (memq x
'(nil t text force
))))
492 (put 'allout-show-bodies
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
494 (put 'allout-header-prefix
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
496 (put 'allout-primary-bullet
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
498 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
500 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
502 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader
'safe-local-variable
'(lambda (x) (or (memq x
'(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start
)) (stringp x
))))
504 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
506 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
508 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
'(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
510 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
'(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
512 (put 'allout-presentation-padding
'safe-local-variable
'integerp
)
514 (put 'allout-layout
'safe-local-variable
'(lambda (x) (or (numberp x
) (listp x
) (memq x
'(: * + -
)))))
516 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
518 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
520 (autoload 'allout-mode
"allout" "\
521 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
524 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
525 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
526 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
528 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
529 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
530 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
531 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
532 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
535 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
537 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
538 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
539 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
540 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
541 - easy topic encryption and decryption
542 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
543 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
544 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
546 and many other features.
548 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
549 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
550 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
551 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
552 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
554 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
555 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
556 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
557 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
558 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
559 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
560 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
561 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
565 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
566 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
567 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
568 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
569 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
573 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
574 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
575 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
576 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
577 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
578 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
579 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
580 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
581 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
582 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
585 Topic Header Production:
586 -----------------------
587 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
588 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
589 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
591 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
592 ---------------------------------
593 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
594 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
595 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
597 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
598 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
599 are alternated according to nesting depth.
600 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
601 the offspring are not affected.
602 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
604 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
605 ----------------------------------
606 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
607 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
608 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
609 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
610 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
611 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
612 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
613 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
615 Topic-oriented Encryption:
616 -------------------------
617 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
618 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
622 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
623 and establish a default file-var setting
625 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
626 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
627 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
628 buffer with name derived from derived from that
629 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
630 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
631 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
632 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
634 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
639 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
640 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
641 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
642 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
644 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
645 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
646 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
647 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
649 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
650 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
651 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
654 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
655 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
660 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
661 navigation and exposure control.
663 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
664 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
665 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
666 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
667 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
669 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
670 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
671 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
672 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
673 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
675 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
676 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
677 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
678 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
679 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
680 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
681 at the beginning of the current entry.
685 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
686 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
687 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
690 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
691 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
692 `allout-structure-added-hook'
693 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
694 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
698 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
700 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
701 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
702 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
704 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
705 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
706 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
708 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
711 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
712 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
715 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
717 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
719 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
721 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
723 Topic text constituents:
725 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
727 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
728 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
730 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
731 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
732 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
733 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
734 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
735 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
736 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
739 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
742 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
743 It can be customized by changing the setting of
744 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
746 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
747 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
748 program code without interfering with processing of the text
749 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
750 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
751 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
752 docstring for more detail.
754 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
755 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
756 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
757 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
758 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
759 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
760 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
761 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
762 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
763 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
764 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
767 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
768 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
770 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
771 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
773 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
774 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
775 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
777 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil
)
779 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky
'outlineify-sticky
)
781 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky
"allout" "\
782 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
784 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
785 setup for auto-startup.
787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
791 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
792 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (19146 53667))
793 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
795 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir
'ange-ftp-reread-dir
)
797 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir
"ange-ftp" "\
798 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
799 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
800 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
801 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
802 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
804 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil
)
806 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function
"ange-ftp" "\
809 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
813 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
814 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (18785 32026))
815 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
817 (autoload 'animate-string
"animate" "\
818 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
819 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
820 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
821 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
822 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
823 in the current window.
825 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil
)
827 (autoload 'animate-sequence
"animate" "\
828 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
829 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
831 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil
)
833 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present
"animate" "\
834 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
835 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
837 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil
)
841 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
842 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (19121 54544))
843 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
845 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
"ansi-color" "\
846 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
850 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output
"ansi-color" "\
851 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
853 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
854 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
855 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
856 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
858 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
859 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
861 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
863 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil
)
867 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
868 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (19101 19251))
869 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
871 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules
"antlr-mode" "\
872 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
873 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
874 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
875 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
878 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
879 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
880 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
883 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
884 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
885 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
886 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
890 (autoload 'antlr-mode
"antlr-mode" "\
891 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
896 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs
"antlr-mode" "\
897 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
898 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
904 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add)
905 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (19103 25521))
906 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
908 (autoload 'appt-add
"appt" "\
909 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
910 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
912 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil
)
914 (autoload 'appt-delete
"appt" "\
915 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
919 (autoload 'appt-make-list
"appt" "\
920 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
921 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
922 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
923 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
924 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
925 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
927 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this function.
929 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
930 appointment package (if it is not already active).
934 (autoload 'appt-activate
"appt" "\
935 Toggle checking of appointments.
936 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
937 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
939 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
943 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
944 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
945 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (19146 53664))
946 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
948 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern
"apropos" "\
949 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
950 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
951 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
953 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
954 kind of objects to search.
956 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil
)
958 (autoload 'apropos-variable
"apropos" "\
959 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
960 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
961 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
962 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
963 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
965 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
968 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
970 (defalias 'command-apropos
'apropos-command
)
972 (autoload 'apropos-command
"apropos" "\
973 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
974 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
975 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
976 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
977 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
979 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
980 noninteractive functions.
982 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
983 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
985 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
986 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
988 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil
)
990 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property
"apropos" "\
991 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
993 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil
)
995 (autoload 'apropos
"apropos" "\
996 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
997 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
998 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1000 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1001 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1002 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1003 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1005 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1006 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1008 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1010 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1012 (autoload 'apropos-library
"apropos" "\
1013 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1014 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1015 thus be found in `load-history'.
1019 (autoload 'apropos-value
"apropos" "\
1020 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1021 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1022 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1023 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1024 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1026 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1027 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1028 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1030 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1032 (autoload 'apropos-documentation
"apropos" "\
1033 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1034 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1035 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1036 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1037 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1039 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1040 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1042 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1044 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1048 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (19103
1050 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1052 (autoload 'archive-mode
"arc-mode" "\
1053 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1054 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1055 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1056 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1057 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1059 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1060 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1063 \\{archive-mode-map}
1065 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil
)
1069 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (18793 9988))
1070 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1072 (autoload 'array-mode
"array" "\
1073 Major mode for editing arrays.
1075 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1076 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1077 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1079 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1081 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1082 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1083 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1085 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1086 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1087 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1088 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1091 Variables you assign:
1092 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1093 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1094 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1095 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1096 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1097 row numbers in the buffer.
1099 Variables which are calculated:
1100 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1101 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1103 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1104 take a numeric prefix argument):
1106 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1107 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1108 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1109 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1111 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1112 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1113 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1114 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1116 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1117 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1118 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1119 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1121 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1122 between that of point and mark.
1124 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1125 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1127 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1128 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1129 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1130 newlines inside rows)
1132 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1134 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1140 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (18829
1142 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1144 (autoload 'artist-mode
"artist" "\
1146 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1147 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1148 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1150 How to quit Artist mode
1152 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1155 How to submit a bug report
1157 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1160 Drawing with the mouse:
1163 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1164 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1168 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1171 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1172 --------------------------------------------------------------
1173 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1175 --------------------------------------------------------------
1176 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1177 --------------------------------------------------------------
1178 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1179 --------------------------------------------------------------
1180 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1181 --------------------------------------------------------------
1182 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1183 --------------------------------------------------------------
1184 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1185 --------------------------------------------------------------
1186 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1187 --------------------------------------------------------------
1188 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1189 --------------------------------------------------------------
1190 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1192 --------------------------------------------------------------
1193 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1194 --------------------------------------------------------------
1195 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1196 --------------------------------------------------------------
1198 --------------------------------------------------------------
1199 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1200 --------------------------------------------------------------
1202 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1205 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1206 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1207 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1208 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1211 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1212 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1213 overwrite means the opposite.
1215 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1216 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1217 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1219 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1221 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1222 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1224 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1225 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1226 are currently drawing something.
1228 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1232 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1233 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1238 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1240 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1242 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1244 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1246 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1247 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1249 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1254 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1255 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1256 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1257 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1258 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1259 When pasting: Pastes
1261 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1263 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1265 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1266 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1267 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1268 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1269 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1270 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1275 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1276 of the line/poly-line
1278 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1279 of the line/poly-line
1284 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1286 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1287 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1288 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1289 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1290 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1291 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1292 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1293 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1294 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1295 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1296 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1297 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1298 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1299 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1300 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1301 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1302 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1303 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1304 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1305 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1310 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1311 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1313 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1314 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1315 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1316 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1317 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1318 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1319 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1320 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1321 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1322 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1323 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1324 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1325 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1326 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1327 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1328 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1329 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1330 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1331 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1335 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1336 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1343 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil
)
1347 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (18785
1349 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1351 (autoload 'asm-mode
"asm-mode" "\
1352 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1353 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1355 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1356 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1357 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1358 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1360 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1361 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1363 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1364 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1366 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1375 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1376 ;;;;;; (18790 54819))
1377 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1379 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
1380 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1381 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1383 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1385 (autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" "\
1386 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1387 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1388 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1389 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1390 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1391 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1392 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1393 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1394 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1397 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1398 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1399 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1400 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1401 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1403 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1407 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
1408 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1409 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1410 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1411 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1412 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1414 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1416 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" "\
1417 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1418 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1419 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1420 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1421 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1423 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1429 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1430 ;;;;;; (19137 28302))
1431 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1433 (autoload 'autoconf-mode
"autoconf" "\
1434 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1440 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1441 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (19096 3520))
1442 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1444 (autoload 'auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1445 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1446 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1450 (autoload 'define-auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1451 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1452 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1453 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1455 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil
)
1457 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
1458 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1459 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1460 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1461 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1462 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1464 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" nil
)
1466 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" "\
1467 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1468 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1469 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1471 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1472 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1478 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1479 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1480 ;;;;;; (19146 53666))
1481 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1483 (put 'generated-autoload-file
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
1485 (put 'generated-autoload-feature
'safe-local-variable
'symbolp
)
1487 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
1489 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1490 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1491 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1492 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1493 save the buffer too.
1495 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1497 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil
)
1499 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1500 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1501 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1502 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1503 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1504 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1506 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1507 directory or directories specified.
1509 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil
)
1511 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1512 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1513 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1519 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1520 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1521 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (19061 51943))
1522 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1524 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1525 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1527 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1528 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1529 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1530 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1531 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1535 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1536 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1538 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1539 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1543 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1544 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1545 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1547 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1548 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1549 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1550 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1551 reflected in the current buffer.
1553 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1554 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1555 writing before you save the file!
1557 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1559 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1561 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1562 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1564 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1565 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1569 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1570 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1571 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1572 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1573 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1574 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1576 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" nil
)
1578 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1579 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1580 With optional prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert Mode
1581 if ARG > 0, else disable it.
1583 This is a global minor mode that reverts any buffer associated
1584 with a file when the file changes on disk. Use `auto-revert-mode'
1585 to revert a particular buffer.
1587 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1588 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1589 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1590 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1591 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1593 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1594 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1595 specifies in the mode line.
1597 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1601 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1602 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (18785 31764))
1603 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1605 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1606 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1607 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1608 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1609 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1611 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" nil
)
1613 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" "\
1614 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1615 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1616 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1618 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1619 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1620 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1622 Effects of the different modes:
1623 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1624 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1625 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1626 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1627 a random distance & direction.
1628 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1629 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1630 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1632 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1634 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1635 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1636 definition of \"random distance\".)
1638 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
1642 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1643 ;;;;;; (18785 31764))
1644 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1645 (put 'battery-mode-line-string
'risky-local-variable t
)
1647 (autoload 'battery
"battery" "\
1648 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1649 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1650 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1654 (defvar display-battery-mode nil
"\
1655 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1656 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1657 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1658 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1659 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1661 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" nil
)
1663 (autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" "\
1664 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1665 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1666 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1667 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1674 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1675 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (18879 31805))
1676 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1678 (autoload 'benchmark-run
"benchmark" "\
1679 Time execution of FORMS.
1680 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1681 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1683 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1684 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1685 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1687 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1689 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled
"benchmark" "\
1690 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1691 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1692 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1693 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1695 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1697 (autoload 'benchmark
"benchmark" "\
1698 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1699 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1700 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1701 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1703 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil
)
1707 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1708 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (19146 53668))
1709 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1711 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize
"bibtex" "\
1712 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1713 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1714 of corresponding buffers.
1715 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1716 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1717 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1718 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1719 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1720 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1722 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil
)
1724 (autoload 'bibtex-mode
"bibtex" "\
1725 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1727 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1729 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1730 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1731 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1732 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1734 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1735 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1736 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1737 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1738 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1740 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1741 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1744 Special information:
1746 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1748 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1749 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1750 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1751 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1752 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1753 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1754 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1755 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1756 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1757 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1758 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1760 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1761 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1762 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1763 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1764 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1765 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1766 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1767 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1769 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1771 ----------------------------------------------------------
1772 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1773 if that value is non-nil.
1779 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry
"bibtex" "\
1780 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1781 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1782 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1783 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1784 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1785 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1786 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1787 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1788 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1790 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil
)
1794 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1795 ;;;;;; (18785 32079))
1796 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1797 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist
'("\\.bst\\'" . bibtex-style-mode
))
1799 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode
"bibtex-style" "\
1800 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1806 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1807 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1808 ;;;;;; (18785 31991))
1809 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1811 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$")
1813 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal
"binhex" "\
1814 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1815 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1817 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil
)
1819 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external
"binhex" "\
1820 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1822 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1824 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region
"binhex" "\
1825 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1827 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1831 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (18785
1833 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1835 (autoload 'blackbox
"blackbox" "\
1837 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1841 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1842 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1843 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1844 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1845 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1850 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1851 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1854 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1857 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1858 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1860 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1861 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1863 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1864 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1865 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1866 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1867 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1868 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1872 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1874 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1875 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1876 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1877 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1879 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1880 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1881 denoted by the letter `R'.
1883 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1884 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1885 denoted by the letter `H'.
1887 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1890 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1891 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1892 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1893 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1894 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1895 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1898 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1899 degree deflection it causes.
1902 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1903 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1904 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1905 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1906 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1907 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1908 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1909 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1912 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1913 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1916 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1917 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1918 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1919 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1920 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1921 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1922 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1923 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1925 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1926 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1927 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1928 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1929 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1930 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1931 emerging from the box.
1933 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1935 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1936 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1937 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1938 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1939 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1940 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1941 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1942 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1944 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1951 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1952 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1953 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump-other-window
1954 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (19146
1956 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1957 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"b" 'bookmark-jump
)
1958 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"m" 'bookmark-set
)
1959 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
1961 (defvar bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map
"x" 'bookmark-set
) (define-key map
"m" 'bookmark-set
) (define-key map
"j" 'bookmark-jump
) (define-key map
"g" 'bookmark-jump
) (define-key map
"o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window
) (define-key map
"i" 'bookmark-insert
) (define-key map
"e" 'edit-bookmarks
) (define-key map
"f" 'bookmark-insert-location
) (define-key map
"r" 'bookmark-rename
) (define-key map
"d" 'bookmark-delete
) (define-key map
"l" 'bookmark-load
) (define-key map
"w" 'bookmark-write
) (define-key map
"s" 'bookmark-save
) map
) "\
1962 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1963 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1964 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1965 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1966 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1967 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map
)
1969 (autoload 'bookmark-set
"bookmark" "\
1970 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
1971 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
1973 With prefix arg (NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite a bookmark that
1974 has the same name as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but
1975 instead push the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the
1976 most recently set bookmark with name NAME would be the one in
1977 effect at any given time, but the others are still there, should
1978 the user decide to delete the most recent one.
1980 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1981 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1982 yank successive words.
1984 Typing C-u will insert (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the
1985 last bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
1986 this helps one use a single bookmark name to track progress through
1987 a large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document,
1988 then C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
1990 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (give it a name and it
1991 removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1992 the list of bookmarks.)
1994 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil
)
1996 (autoload 'bookmark-jump
"bookmark" "\
1997 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1998 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1999 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2000 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2003 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2004 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2005 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2006 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2008 BOOKMARK may be a bookmark name (a string) or a bookmark record, but
2009 the latter is usually only used by programmatic callers.
2011 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2013 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window
"bookmark" "\
2014 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2016 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2018 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate
"bookmark" "\
2019 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2020 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2022 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2023 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2024 after a bookmark was set in it.
2026 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2028 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location
"bookmark" "\
2029 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2030 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2032 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2033 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2035 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil
)
2037 (defalias 'bookmark-locate
'bookmark-insert-location
)
2039 (autoload 'bookmark-rename
"bookmark" "\
2040 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2041 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2042 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2044 Both OLD and NEW are bookmark names (strings), never bookmark records.
2046 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2047 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2048 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2050 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2051 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2054 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil
)
2056 (autoload 'bookmark-insert
"bookmark" "\
2057 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2058 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2060 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2061 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2062 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2065 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2067 (autoload 'bookmark-delete
"bookmark" "\
2068 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2069 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2071 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2072 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2073 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2074 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2075 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2076 probably because we were called from there.
2078 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil
)
2080 (autoload 'bookmark-write
"bookmark" "\
2081 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2082 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2086 (autoload 'bookmark-save
"bookmark" "\
2087 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2088 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2089 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2092 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2093 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2094 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2095 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2096 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2098 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2099 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2100 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2101 `bookmark-default-file'.
2103 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil
)
2105 (autoload 'bookmark-load
"bookmark" "\
2106 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2107 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2108 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2109 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2112 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2113 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2114 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2115 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2116 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2119 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2120 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2121 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2122 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2124 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil
)
2126 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list
"bookmark" "\
2127 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2128 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2129 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2130 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2134 (defalias 'list-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2136 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2138 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map
[load] '("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)) (define-key map [write] '("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)) (define-key map [save] '("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)) (define-key map [edit] '("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)) (define-key map [delete] '("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete)) (define-key map [rename] '("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename)) (define-key map [locate] '("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate)) (define-key map [insert] '("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert)) (define-key map [set] '("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set)) (define-key map [jump] '("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump)) map))
2140 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2144 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2145 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2146 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2147 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2148 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2149 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2150 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2151 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2152 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2153 ;;;;;; (19146 53667))
2154 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2156 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2157 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2158 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2159 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2161 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2162 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2163 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2164 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2165 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2167 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2169 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2170 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2172 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2174 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2175 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2177 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2179 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2184 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2185 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2186 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2187 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2188 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2189 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2191 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2193 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2194 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2195 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2196 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2199 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2201 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2202 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2206 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2207 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2209 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2211 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2212 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2213 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2214 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2216 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2218 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2219 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2220 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2221 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2225 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2226 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2227 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2228 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2229 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2234 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2235 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2236 Default to the URL around or before point.
2238 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2239 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2240 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2241 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2243 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2244 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2246 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2247 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2249 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2251 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2252 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2253 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2254 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2256 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2257 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2258 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2259 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2261 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2262 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2263 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2265 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2266 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2268 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2270 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2271 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2272 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2273 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2275 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2276 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2277 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2278 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2280 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2281 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2282 new tab in an existing window instead.
2284 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2285 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2287 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2289 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2290 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2291 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2292 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2295 When called interactively, if variable
2296 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2297 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2298 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2299 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2301 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2302 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2303 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2305 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2306 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2308 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2309 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2310 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2311 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2312 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2313 URL in a new window.
2315 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2317 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2318 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2319 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2320 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2322 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2323 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2324 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2325 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2327 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2328 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2329 new tab in an existing window instead.
2331 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2332 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2334 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2336 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2337 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2339 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2341 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2342 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2343 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2344 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2346 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2347 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2348 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2349 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2351 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2352 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2354 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2356 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2357 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2359 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2360 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2361 program is invoked according to the variable
2362 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2364 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2365 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2366 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2367 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2369 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2370 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2372 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2374 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2375 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2376 Default to the URL around or before point.
2378 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2379 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2380 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2382 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2383 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2384 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2385 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2387 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2388 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2390 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2392 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2393 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2394 Default to the URL around or before point.
2396 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2397 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2398 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2400 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2401 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2403 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2405 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2406 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2407 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2408 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2410 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2412 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2413 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2414 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2415 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2416 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2417 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2419 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2421 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2422 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2423 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2424 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2425 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2427 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2428 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2429 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2430 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2432 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2433 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2435 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2437 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2438 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2439 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2440 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2441 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2444 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2445 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2446 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2447 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2449 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2450 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2452 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2454 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2455 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2456 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2457 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2458 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2459 don't offer a form of remote control.
2461 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2463 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2464 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2465 Default to the URL around or before point.
2467 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2469 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2470 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2471 Default to the URL around the point.
2473 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2474 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2476 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2477 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2479 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2483 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (18785
2485 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2487 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2488 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2492 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2493 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2499 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2500 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (19137 28300))
2501 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2503 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2504 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2505 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2506 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2510 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2511 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2512 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2513 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2517 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2518 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2522 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2523 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2525 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2526 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2527 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2528 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2530 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2531 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2532 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2533 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2534 name of buffer configuration.
2540 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (19091 22844))
2541 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2543 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2545 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2546 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2547 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2548 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2549 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2550 columns on its right towards the left.
2552 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2553 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2554 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2555 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2561 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2562 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (18797 13277))
2563 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2565 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
2567 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2568 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2572 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2573 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2575 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2579 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2580 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2581 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2582 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2583 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2584 ;;;;;; (19141 18861))
2585 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2586 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2587 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2588 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2589 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2591 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2592 Return non-nil if X is valid as a value of `byte-compile-warnings'.
2596 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2597 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2598 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2599 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2600 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2601 else the global value will be modified.
2603 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2605 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2606 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2607 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2608 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2609 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2610 else the global value will be modified.
2612 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2614 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2615 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2616 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2618 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2620 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2621 Recompile every `.el' file in BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2622 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2623 Files in subdirectories of BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY are processed also.
2625 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2626 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2627 BYTECOMP-ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2628 BYTECOMP-ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2629 compile it. A nonzero BYTECOMP-ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2632 If the third argument BYTECOMP-FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2633 that already has a `.elc' file.
2635 \(fn BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY &optional BYTECOMP-ARG BYTECOMP-FORCE)" t nil)
2636 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2638 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2639 Compile a file of Lisp code named BYTECOMP-FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2640 The output file's name is generated by passing BYTECOMP-FILENAME to the
2641 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2642 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2643 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2645 \(fn BYTECOMP-FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2647 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2648 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2649 Print the result in the echo area.
2650 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2652 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2654 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2655 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2656 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2658 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2660 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2661 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2662 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2663 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2664 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2665 all functions called by those functions.
2667 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2668 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2671 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2672 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2673 invoked interactively.
2675 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2677 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2678 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2679 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2680 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2684 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2685 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2686 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2687 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2688 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2689 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2690 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2693 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2695 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2696 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2697 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2698 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2700 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2701 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2702 and corresponding effects.
2704 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (19106
2710 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2712 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2714 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (19008 33942))
2719 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2721 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2723 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2725 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2729 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2730 ;;;;;; (18785 31873))
2731 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2733 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2734 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2735 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2736 from the cursor position.
2738 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2740 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2744 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2745 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2746 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (19146
2748 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2749 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2751 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2752 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2754 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2756 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2757 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2759 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2761 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2762 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2764 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2766 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2767 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2771 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2772 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2773 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2774 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2776 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2778 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2779 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2780 This is most useful in the X window system.
2781 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2782 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2784 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2786 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2787 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2788 See calc-keypad for details.
2790 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2792 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2793 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2795 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2797 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2798 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2800 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2802 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2803 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2805 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2807 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2808 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2809 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2811 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2813 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2814 Define Calc function.
2816 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2817 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2818 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2820 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2821 actual Lisp function name.
2823 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2825 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2829 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (18785
2831 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2833 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2834 Run the Emacs calculator.
2835 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2841 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (19146
2843 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2845 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2846 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2847 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2848 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2849 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2850 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2852 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2853 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2854 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2855 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2856 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2857 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2858 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2859 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2862 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2863 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2865 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2866 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2867 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2868 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2869 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2870 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2872 Runs the following hooks:
2874 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2875 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2876 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2877 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2879 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2885 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2886 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (18785 31951))
2887 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2889 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2890 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2892 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2894 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2895 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
2896 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
2899 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2903 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
2904 ;;;;;; (18785 32036))
2905 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
2907 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
2908 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
2910 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
2911 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
2912 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
2913 restriction to ASCII.
2915 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
2920 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
2921 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
2922 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
2924 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
2925 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
2926 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
2927 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
2928 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
2929 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
2930 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
2932 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
2933 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
2935 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (18785
2941 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
2942 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
2946 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
2947 ;;;;;; (19146 53668))
2948 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
2950 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
2951 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
2957 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2958 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2959 ;;;;;; (19042 13263))
2960 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2962 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2963 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
2964 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
2965 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
2966 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
2967 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
2968 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
2970 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
2972 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2973 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2974 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2975 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2976 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2977 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
2978 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
2979 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
2980 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
2981 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
2983 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
2984 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2985 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2986 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2987 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2988 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
2990 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2992 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
2993 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3000 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3001 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3003 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3004 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3005 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3006 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3007 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3008 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3011 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3013 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3014 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3021 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3022 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3023 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3025 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3026 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3027 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3028 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3029 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3030 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3033 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3035 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3036 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3043 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3044 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3045 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3047 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3048 Major mode for editing Java code.
3049 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3050 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3051 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3052 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3055 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3057 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3058 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3065 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3066 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3067 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3069 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3070 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3071 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3072 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3073 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3074 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3077 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3079 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3080 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3087 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3088 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3089 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3090 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3092 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3093 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3094 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3095 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3096 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3097 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3100 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3102 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3103 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3109 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3110 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3111 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3112 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3113 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3114 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3118 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3119 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (18793 16179))
3120 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3122 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3123 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3124 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3125 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3127 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3129 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3130 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3133 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3134 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3135 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3136 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3139 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3140 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3141 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3142 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3145 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3147 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3148 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3149 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3150 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3152 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3154 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3155 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3156 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3158 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3160 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3161 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3162 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3163 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3164 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3166 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3170 ;;;### (autoloads (c-subword-mode) "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el"
3171 ;;;;;; (18785 32042))
3172 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3174 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "\
3175 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
3176 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
3177 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
3178 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
3179 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
3180 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
3181 Here are some examples:
3183 Nomenclature Subwords
3184 ===========================================================
3185 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
3186 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
3187 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
3189 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
3190 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
3193 \\{c-subword-mode-map}
3195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (19096 36209))
3200 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3201 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3202 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3203 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3207 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3208 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3209 ;;;;;; (18878 13352))
3210 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3212 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3213 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3215 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3217 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3218 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3220 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3222 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3223 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3225 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3226 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3227 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3228 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3231 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3233 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3235 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3236 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3238 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3239 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3243 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3244 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3245 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3246 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3247 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3250 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3251 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3252 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3253 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3255 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3256 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3259 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3261 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3263 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3266 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3267 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3269 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3270 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3271 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3274 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3276 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3277 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3278 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3280 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3282 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3284 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3285 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3287 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3291 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3293 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3295 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3296 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3299 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3300 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3303 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3305 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3306 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3307 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3308 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3309 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3310 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3311 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3312 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3313 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3314 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3315 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3316 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3317 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3318 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3319 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3320 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3323 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3324 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3326 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3327 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3329 | (write EXPRESSION)
3330 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3331 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3334 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3337 ;; Same as: (write string)
3339 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3340 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3341 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3344 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3345 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3346 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3347 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3348 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3349 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3351 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3352 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3354 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3357 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3358 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3359 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3361 ARG := REG | integer
3364 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3367 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3370 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3373 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3374 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3377 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3378 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3379 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3382 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3383 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3384 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3387 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3388 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3390 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3391 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3392 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3395 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3396 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3399 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3400 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3402 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3405 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3409 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3410 ;; Same meaning as C code
3411 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3413 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3418 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3419 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3422 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3423 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3427 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3431 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3432 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3433 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3435 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3436 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3437 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3439 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3440 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3441 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3442 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3443 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3446 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3448 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3449 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3450 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3451 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3452 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3453 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3455 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3457 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3458 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3459 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3461 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3463 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3467 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3468 ;;;;;; (18785 32043))
3469 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3471 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3472 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3473 There are no special keybindings by default.
3475 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3476 to the action header.
3482 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3483 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (19141 18861))
3484 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3486 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3487 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3488 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3492 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3493 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3494 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3500 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3501 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3502 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3503 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3504 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3505 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3506 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3507 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3508 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (19146 53666))
3509 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3510 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3511 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3512 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3513 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3514 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3516 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3521 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3522 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3523 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3524 the users will view as each check is completed.
3528 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3529 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3530 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3531 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3532 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3533 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3534 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3535 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3537 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3539 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3540 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3541 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3542 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3543 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3544 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3545 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3546 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3548 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3550 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3551 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3552 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3553 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3554 spacing are all verified.
3558 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3559 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3560 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3561 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3562 otherwise stop after the first error.
3564 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3566 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3567 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3568 Only documentation strings are checked.
3569 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3570 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3573 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3575 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3576 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3577 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3578 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3579 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3581 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3583 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3584 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3585 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3586 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3589 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3591 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3592 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3593 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3594 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3596 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3598 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3600 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3601 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3602 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3604 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3606 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3607 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3608 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3609 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3610 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3614 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3615 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3616 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3617 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3618 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3619 space at the end of each line.
3621 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3623 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3624 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3625 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3626 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3628 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3630 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3631 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3632 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3633 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3635 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3637 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3638 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3639 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3640 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3642 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3644 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3645 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3646 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3647 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3649 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3651 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3652 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3653 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3654 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3656 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3658 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3659 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3660 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3661 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3663 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3665 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3666 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3667 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3668 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3670 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3672 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3673 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3674 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3675 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3677 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3679 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3680 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3681 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3682 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3684 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3686 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3687 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3688 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3691 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3692 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3693 checking of documentation strings.
3695 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3697 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3701 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3702 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3703 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (18785 31984))
3704 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3706 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3707 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3708 Return the length of resulting text.
3710 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3712 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3713 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3717 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3718 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3719 Return the length of resulting text.
3721 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3723 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3724 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3728 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3733 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3736 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3740 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3741 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (18785 31767))
3742 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3744 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3745 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3746 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3747 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3748 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3749 editing and the result is evaluated.
3751 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3753 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3754 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3755 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3756 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3757 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3759 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3763 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3764 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3765 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3766 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3767 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3769 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3770 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3771 \\{command-history-map}
3773 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3774 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (19098 35414))
3781 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3783 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3784 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3785 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3786 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3787 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3788 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3790 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3791 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3795 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3796 ;;;;;; (19007 9272))
3797 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3799 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3800 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
3801 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
3802 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
3803 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
3804 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
3805 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
3808 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
3809 function's common-lisp-indent-function property specifies how
3810 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
3813 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
3814 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
3816 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
3817 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
3818 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
3819 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
3820 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
3821 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
3822 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
3823 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
3824 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
3825 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
3826 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
3827 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
3829 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
3830 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
3831 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
3833 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
3834 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
3835 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
3838 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
3840 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
3842 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
3844 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
3845 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
3847 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
3848 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
3850 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
3851 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
3852 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
3853 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
3854 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
3855 value specified by their associated list element.
3857 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
3859 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
3860 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
3861 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
3863 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
3864 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
3865 * indent the first argument by 4.
3866 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
3867 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
3868 have an offset of 2+1=3.
3870 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3874 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3875 ;;;;;; (18785 32043))
3876 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3878 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3879 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3880 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3881 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3883 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3884 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3885 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3886 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3888 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3889 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3891 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3895 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (18822
3897 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3899 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3900 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3901 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3902 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3903 of `scheme-program-name').
3904 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
3905 it is given as initial input.
3906 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3907 discards input when it starts up.
3908 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3910 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3913 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3917 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3918 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3919 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3920 ;;;;;; (19146 53664))
3921 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3923 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
3924 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
3925 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
3926 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
3927 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
3928 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
3929 functions have already modified the buffer.
3931 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
3933 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
3934 either globally or locally.")
3936 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
3938 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
3939 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3940 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3941 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3942 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3943 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3944 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
3945 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3946 process as its initial input.
3948 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3950 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3952 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
3953 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3954 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3955 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3956 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3957 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3958 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3959 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3960 process as its initial input.
3962 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3964 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3966 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
3967 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
3968 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3969 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3970 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3971 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3973 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3975 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
3976 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
3977 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
3978 directory tracking functions.")
3980 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
3981 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3982 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
3984 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3986 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3988 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
3989 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3990 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3992 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3994 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3996 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
3997 Send COMMAND to current process.
3998 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3999 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4001 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4003 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4004 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4005 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4006 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4008 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4012 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (18785
4014 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4016 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4017 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4018 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4019 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4021 This command pushes the mark in each window
4022 at the prior location of point in that window.
4023 If both windows display the same buffer,
4024 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4025 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4027 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4028 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4029 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4030 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4031 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4032 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4033 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4036 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4037 this command work in interlaced mode:
4038 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4039 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4040 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4042 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4046 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4047 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4048 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4049 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4050 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (19075
4052 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4054 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4055 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4057 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4059 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4060 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4061 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4062 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4063 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4064 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4065 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4067 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4069 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4070 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4072 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4074 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4075 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4076 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4077 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4078 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4079 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4080 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4082 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4083 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4084 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4085 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4086 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4088 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4089 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4090 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4091 describing how the process finished.")
4093 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4094 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4095 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4096 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4097 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4099 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4100 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4101 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4103 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4105 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4106 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4107 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4108 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4110 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4112 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4113 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4115 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4116 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4118 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4120 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4121 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4122 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4123 (concat \"make -k \"
4124 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4126 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4127 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4129 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4130 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4131 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4132 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4134 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4136 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4137 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4138 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4139 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4141 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4142 and move to the source code that caused it.
4144 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4145 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4147 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4148 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4149 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4150 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4152 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4153 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4154 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4155 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4157 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4158 kills its subprocesses.
4160 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4161 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4162 to a function that generates a unique name.
4164 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4166 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4167 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4168 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4169 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4171 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4172 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4174 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4175 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4176 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4177 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4179 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4180 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4181 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4183 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4185 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4187 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4188 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4189 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4190 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4191 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4193 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4195 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4197 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4199 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4200 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4201 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4202 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4203 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4204 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4205 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4209 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4210 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4211 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4212 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4213 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4214 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4216 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4218 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4219 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4220 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4222 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4224 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode))
4228 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4229 ;;;;;; (18816 31496))
4230 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4232 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4233 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4234 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4235 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4236 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4237 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4239 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4241 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4242 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4243 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4245 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4246 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4247 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4248 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4250 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4251 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4252 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4253 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4255 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4256 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4257 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4258 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4260 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4261 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4262 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4263 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4264 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4270 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4271 ;;;;;; (19146 53664))
4272 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4274 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4275 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4276 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4277 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4278 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4279 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4281 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4283 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4284 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4290 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4291 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4292 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4293 ;;;;;; (18785 32080))
4294 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4296 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4297 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4298 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4299 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4300 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4301 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4302 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4304 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4305 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4306 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4308 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4309 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4310 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4312 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4313 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4314 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4315 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4317 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4318 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4319 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4320 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4321 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4322 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4323 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4329 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4330 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4331 Comments start with `#'.
4332 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4334 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4344 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4345 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4346 Comments start with `;'.
4347 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4349 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4351 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4352 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4353 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4355 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4356 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4360 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4361 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4362 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4363 between `/*' and `*/'.
4364 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4366 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4367 // another kind of comment
4379 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4380 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4381 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4382 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4383 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4384 `conf-space-keywords'.
4385 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4386 in an interactive fashion instead.
4388 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4390 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4392 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4396 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4398 # Standard multimedia devices
4399 add /dev/audio desktop
4400 add /dev/mixer desktop
4404 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4405 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4406 See `conf-space-mode'.
4408 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4410 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4411 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4412 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4413 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4415 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4417 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4418 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4422 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4423 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4424 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4425 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4427 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4429 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4430 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4434 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4435 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4436 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4437 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4439 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4448 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4449 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (18785 32027))
4450 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4452 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4453 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4454 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4455 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4457 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4459 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4460 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4461 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4462 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4464 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4466 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4467 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4468 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4469 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4471 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4473 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4474 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4476 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4480 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4481 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (19038
4483 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4485 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4486 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4487 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4488 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4489 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4490 following the copyright are updated as well.
4491 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4494 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4496 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4497 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4498 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4502 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4503 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4505 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4507 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4508 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4510 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH)" t nil)
4514 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4515 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (19117 10054))
4516 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4517 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4518 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4519 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4520 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4521 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4522 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4523 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4525 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4526 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4527 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4528 Tab indents for Perl code.
4529 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4530 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4532 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4533 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4534 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4535 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4536 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4537 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4538 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4539 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4540 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4541 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4542 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4543 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4545 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4547 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4548 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4550 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4552 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4553 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4554 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4555 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4556 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4557 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4558 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4559 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4560 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4562 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4566 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4567 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4568 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4571 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4572 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4573 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4575 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4577 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4578 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4579 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4580 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4581 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4583 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4593 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4594 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4595 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4596 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4597 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4598 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4599 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4600 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4601 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4602 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4603 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4604 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4605 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4607 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4608 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4609 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4610 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4611 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4612 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4614 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4615 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4618 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4619 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4620 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4621 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4622 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4624 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4625 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4626 span the needed amount of lines.
4628 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4629 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4630 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4631 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4633 Variables controlling indentation style:
4634 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4635 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4636 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4637 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4638 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4639 `cperl-auto-newline'
4640 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4641 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4642 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4643 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4644 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4645 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4646 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4647 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4648 `cperl-indent-level'
4649 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4650 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4651 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4652 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4653 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4654 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4655 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4656 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4657 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4658 `cperl-brace-offset'
4659 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4660 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4661 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4662 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4663 `cperl-label-offset'
4664 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4665 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4666 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4668 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4669 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4670 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4671 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4672 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4673 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4675 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4676 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4677 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4678 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4680 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4681 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4682 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4683 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4684 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4685 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4686 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4688 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4689 column 0 is indented on
4690 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4692 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4695 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4696 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4697 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4701 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4702 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4706 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4707 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4713 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4714 ;;;;;; (18785 32045))
4715 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4717 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4718 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4719 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4720 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4721 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4725 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4726 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4732 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4733 ;;;;;; (19113 41274))
4734 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4736 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4737 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4738 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4739 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4741 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4742 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4744 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4746 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4747 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4748 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4752 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4756 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4757 ;;;;;; (18877 41170))
4758 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4760 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4761 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4762 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4763 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4765 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4766 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4767 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4768 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4770 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4771 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4772 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4774 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4775 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4778 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4779 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4780 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4782 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4784 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4785 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4786 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4788 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4792 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (18803
4794 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4795 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.css\\'" . css-mode))
4797 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4798 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4804 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4805 ;;;;;; (19146 53666))
4806 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4808 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4809 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4810 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4811 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4812 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4813 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4815 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4817 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4818 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4819 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4820 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4821 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4823 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4824 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4825 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4826 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4827 function of these prefix keys.
4829 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4830 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4832 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4833 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4834 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4836 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4837 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4838 the prefix fallback behavior.
4840 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4841 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4842 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4843 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4847 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4848 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4854 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4855 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4856 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4857 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4858 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4859 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4860 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4861 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4862 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4863 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4864 ;;;;;; (19115 61709))
4865 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4867 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4868 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4870 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4872 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4873 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4875 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4877 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4878 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4880 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4881 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4883 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4884 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4886 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4887 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4889 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4890 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4892 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4894 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4896 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4897 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4898 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4900 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4901 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4903 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4904 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4906 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4907 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4909 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4911 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4913 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
4914 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4917 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4918 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4920 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4921 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4923 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4924 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4926 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4928 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4930 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
4931 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4932 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4933 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4934 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4938 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
4939 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4940 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4941 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4945 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
4946 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4948 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4950 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4951 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
4953 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4955 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
4957 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
4958 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4960 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4962 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
4964 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4965 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4966 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4968 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4970 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
4971 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
4972 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
4973 as part of Emacs itself.
4975 Each elements looks like this:
4977 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
4979 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
4980 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
4981 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
4982 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
4983 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
4984 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
4985 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
4988 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
4990 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
4991 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
4992 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
4993 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
4994 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
4996 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
4997 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
4998 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
4999 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5001 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5003 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5004 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5005 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5006 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5007 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5009 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5010 that were added or redefined since that version.
5012 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5014 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5015 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5016 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5017 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5019 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5020 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5022 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5024 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5025 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5026 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5028 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5029 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5031 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5033 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5034 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5038 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5039 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5043 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5044 Customize all already saved user options.
5048 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5049 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5050 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5051 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5052 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5053 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5054 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5055 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5057 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5059 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5060 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5061 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
5062 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5064 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5066 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5067 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5069 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5071 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5072 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5074 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5076 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5077 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5078 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5079 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5080 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5083 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5085 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5086 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5087 The result includes selecting that window.
5088 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5089 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5090 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5093 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5095 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5096 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5098 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5100 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5101 File used for storing customization information.
5102 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5103 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5104 it should be an absolute file name.
5106 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5107 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5108 something like the following in your init file:
5110 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5113 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5114 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5116 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5117 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5118 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5119 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5120 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5122 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5123 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5124 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5125 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5126 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5127 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5128 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5129 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5130 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5131 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5133 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5135 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5136 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5140 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5141 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5145 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5146 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5147 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5149 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5151 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5152 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5153 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5154 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5155 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5157 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5161 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5162 ;;;;;; (18785 31770))
5163 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5165 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5166 Create a custom theme.
5172 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5173 ;;;;;; (18785 31771))
5174 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5176 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5177 Mode used for cvs status output.
5183 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5184 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (19146 53668))
5185 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5187 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5188 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5190 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5192 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5193 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5194 C++ modes are included.
5196 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5200 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5203 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5204 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5208 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5209 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5210 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5211 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5212 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5213 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5215 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5217 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5218 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5219 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5220 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5221 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5227 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5228 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5229 ;;;;;; (18785 31985))
5230 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5232 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5233 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5235 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5237 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5238 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5240 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5242 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5243 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5244 For readability, the table is slightly
5245 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5247 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5248 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5249 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5250 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5251 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5253 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5257 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5258 ;;;;;; (19092 42733))
5259 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5260 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5261 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5262 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5263 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5265 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5266 Completion on current word.
5267 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5268 and presents suggestions for completion.
5270 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5271 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5274 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5275 then it searches *all* buffers.
5277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5279 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5280 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5282 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5283 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5284 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5285 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5286 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5288 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5289 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5291 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5292 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5293 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5295 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5296 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5298 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5304 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5305 ;;;;;; (19146 53665))
5306 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5308 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5309 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5311 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5315 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (19091
5317 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5319 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5320 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5321 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5322 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5323 If the HANDLER returns an `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5329 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (18785
5331 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5333 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5334 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5336 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5337 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5338 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5340 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5341 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5342 Data lines are not indented.
5347 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5349 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5350 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5351 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5352 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5354 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5357 Extra indentation within blocks.
5359 dcl-continuation-offset
5360 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5363 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5365 dcl-margin-label-offset
5366 Indentation for a label.
5368 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5369 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5371 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5372 dcl-block-end-regexp
5373 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5374 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5375 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5376 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5377 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5379 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5380 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5381 Two such functions are included in the package:
5382 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5383 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5385 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5386 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5387 One such function is included in the package:
5388 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5390 dcl-tab-always-indent
5391 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5392 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5395 dcl-electric-characters
5396 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5399 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5400 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5401 which words trigger electric indentation.
5404 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5405 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5406 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5408 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5409 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5410 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5411 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5413 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5414 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5415 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5416 dcl-imenu-label-call
5417 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5419 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5420 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5421 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5422 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5425 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5427 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5428 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5429 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5431 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5432 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5436 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5437 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5438 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5439 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5440 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5441 \"lined up with the command line\"
5443 Data lines are not indented at all.
5444 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5449 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5450 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5456 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5457 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (19146 53666))
5458 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5460 (setq debugger 'debug)
5462 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5463 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5464 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5467 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5468 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5469 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5471 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5473 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5474 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5476 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5478 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5479 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5480 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5481 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5482 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5483 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5485 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5486 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5488 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5490 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5491 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5492 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5493 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5494 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5496 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5500 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5501 ;;;;;; (19104 47795))
5502 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5504 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5505 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5509 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5510 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5511 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5512 Upper-case letters are commands.
5514 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5517 The most useful commands are:
5518 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5519 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5520 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5521 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5522 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5523 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5529 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5530 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (18785
5532 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5534 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5535 Customization of `columns' group.
5539 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5540 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5542 START and END delimits the text region.
5544 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5546 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5547 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5549 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5551 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5555 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (19113
5557 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5559 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5560 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5561 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5562 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5563 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5564 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5565 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5567 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5571 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5572 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5573 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5574 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5575 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5576 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5577 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5578 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5579 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5580 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5581 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5582 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5584 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5585 Directories to search when finding external units.
5586 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5587 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5591 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5592 Face used to color delphi comments.
5593 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5594 Face used to color delphi strings.
5595 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5596 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5597 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5598 Face used to color everything else.
5600 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5601 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5603 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5607 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (18785
5609 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5611 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5613 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5614 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5615 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5616 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5617 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5618 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5620 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5622 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5623 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5624 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5625 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5627 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5628 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5629 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5632 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5636 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5637 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (19123 13158))
5638 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5640 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5641 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5643 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5645 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5646 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5647 or nil if there is no parent.
5648 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5649 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5650 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5651 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5652 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5654 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5655 arguments are currently understood:
5657 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5658 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5660 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5661 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5663 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5664 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5666 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5668 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5670 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5671 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5672 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5674 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5675 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5677 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5678 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5679 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5681 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5682 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5684 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5685 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5687 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5689 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5691 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5692 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5693 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5694 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5695 the first time the mode is used.
5697 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5701 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5702 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (19146 53664))
5703 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5705 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5706 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5707 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5708 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5709 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5712 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5714 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5715 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5716 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5717 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5718 character composition information (if relevant),
5719 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5725 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5726 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5727 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5728 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (19146 53664))
5729 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5731 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5732 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5733 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5735 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5737 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5738 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5739 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5740 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5741 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5742 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5746 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5747 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5748 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5749 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5751 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5753 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5754 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5755 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5757 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5758 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5759 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5761 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5762 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5764 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5765 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5766 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5768 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5769 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5770 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5771 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5773 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5775 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5776 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5778 Handlers are called with argument list
5780 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5782 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5784 desktop-file-version
5785 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5786 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5787 desktop-buffer-point
5789 desktop-buffer-read-only
5790 desktop-buffer-locals
5792 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5793 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5795 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5798 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5800 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5801 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5803 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5805 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5807 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5808 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5809 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5810 List elements must have the form
5812 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5814 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5817 Handlers are called with argument list
5819 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5821 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5823 desktop-file-version
5824 desktop-buffer-file-name
5826 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5827 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5828 desktop-buffer-point
5830 desktop-buffer-read-only
5833 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5834 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5837 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5840 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5842 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5843 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5845 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5847 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5849 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5851 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5853 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5854 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5855 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5859 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5860 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5861 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5862 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5863 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5865 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5867 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5868 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5869 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5873 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5874 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5875 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5876 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5877 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5878 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5879 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5880 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5882 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5884 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
5885 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5886 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5890 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
5891 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5892 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5893 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5896 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5898 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
5899 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5903 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
5904 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5910 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5911 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
5912 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (18793 25500))
5913 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5915 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
5916 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5917 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5918 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5919 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5920 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5922 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5924 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
5925 Repair a broken attribution line.
5926 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5928 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5930 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5931 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5932 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5933 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5935 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5937 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5938 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
5944 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5945 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (19146 53665))
5946 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5948 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
5949 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5950 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5951 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5952 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5956 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
5957 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5958 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5959 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5961 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
5962 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
5963 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
5964 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
5966 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
5967 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
5969 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
5970 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
5971 calendar-date-style 'european
5972 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
5974 \(diary-mail-entries)
5976 # diary-rem.el ends here
5978 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5980 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
5981 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5987 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5988 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (18793 9940))
5989 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5991 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
5992 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
5994 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
5996 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
5997 The command to use to run diff.")
5999 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6001 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6002 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6003 When called interactively, read OLD and NEW using the minibuffer;
6004 the default for NEW is the current buffer's file name, and the
6005 default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one exists.
6006 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6008 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6009 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6010 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6012 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6014 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6015 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6016 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6017 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6018 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6019 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6021 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6025 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6026 ;;;;;; (19111 49183))
6027 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6029 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6030 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6031 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6034 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6035 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6036 headers for you on-the-fly.
6038 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6039 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6040 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6046 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6047 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6048 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6054 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (19130 52559))
6055 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6057 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6058 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6059 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6061 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6065 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6066 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6067 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6068 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6069 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (19146 53664))
6070 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6072 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6073 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6074 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6075 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6076 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6077 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6078 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6079 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6081 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6083 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6084 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6086 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6087 Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6088 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6089 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6090 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6092 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6093 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6095 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6096 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6097 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6098 always set this variable to t.")
6100 (custom-autoload 'dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks "dired" t)
6102 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6103 Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6104 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6105 A value of t means move to first file.")
6107 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6109 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6110 Controls marking of renamed files.
6111 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6112 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6113 are afterward marked with that character.")
6115 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-rename "dired" t)
6117 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6118 Controls marking of copied files.
6119 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6120 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6122 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-copy "dired" t)
6124 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6125 Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6126 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6127 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6129 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-hardlink "dired" t)
6131 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6132 Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6133 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6134 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6136 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-symlink "dired" t)
6138 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6139 If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6140 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6141 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6143 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6145 (custom-autoload 'dired-dwim-target "dired" t)
6147 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6148 If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6149 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6151 (custom-autoload 'dired-copy-preserve-time "dired" t)
6153 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6154 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6155 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6156 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6157 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6158 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6160 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6161 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6162 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6163 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6164 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6165 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6166 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6167 list of files to make directory entries for.
6168 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6169 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6170 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6171 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6173 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6175 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6176 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6178 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6179 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6181 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6182 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6184 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6185 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6187 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6189 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6190 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6192 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6194 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6195 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6196 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6197 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6198 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6199 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6200 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6201 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6202 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6203 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6204 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6205 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6206 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6207 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6208 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6209 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6210 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6211 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6212 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6213 to see why something went wrong.
6214 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6215 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6216 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6217 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6218 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6219 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6220 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6221 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6222 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6223 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6224 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6225 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6226 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6228 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6229 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6230 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6231 again for the directory tree.
6233 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6236 `dired-listing-switches'
6237 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6238 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6241 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6242 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6243 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6244 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6246 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6248 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6249 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6256 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6257 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6261 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6262 ;;;;;; (18785 31774))
6263 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6265 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6266 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6267 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6268 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6269 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6270 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6271 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6275 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6276 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6277 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6279 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6281 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6282 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6284 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6288 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (18785
6290 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6292 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6293 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6294 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6295 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6296 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6297 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6299 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6303 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6304 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6305 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6306 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6307 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6308 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (19096 37250))
6309 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6311 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6312 Return a new, empty display table.
6316 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6317 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6318 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6319 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6320 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6322 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6324 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6325 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6326 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6327 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6328 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6330 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6332 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6333 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6337 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6338 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6342 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6343 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6347 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6348 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6352 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6353 Display character C using printable string S.
6357 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6358 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6359 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6360 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6362 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6364 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6365 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6366 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6369 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6371 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6372 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6374 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6376 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6377 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6379 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6381 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6382 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6384 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6386 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6387 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6389 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6391 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6392 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6394 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6396 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6397 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6399 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6400 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6402 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6403 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6405 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6406 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6407 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6408 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6410 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6411 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6412 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6419 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6420 ;;;;;; (18785 32028))
6421 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6423 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6424 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6425 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6426 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6427 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6428 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6429 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6432 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6436 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6437 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (18785 32081))
6438 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6440 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6441 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6442 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6443 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6444 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6445 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6446 table and its own syntax table.
6448 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6451 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6453 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6454 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6457 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
6461 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
6462 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (19040 54393))
6463 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6465 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6466 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6467 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
6469 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6471 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6472 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6474 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6475 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6477 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6478 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6479 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6483 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6484 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6485 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6486 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6490 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6497 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (19013 40510))
6498 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6500 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6501 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6507 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (18790 55819))
6508 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6510 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6512 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6515 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6516 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6518 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6522 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (18785 32028))
6523 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6525 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6526 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6532 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6533 ;;;;;; (18785 31952))
6534 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6536 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
6537 Play sounds in message buffers.
6543 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6544 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6545 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (19146 53666))
6546 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6548 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6550 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6551 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6552 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6553 and toggle command MODE.
6555 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6556 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6557 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6558 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6559 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6560 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6561 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6562 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6565 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
6566 It is executed after toggling the mode,
6567 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
6568 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
6569 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
6570 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
6571 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6572 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6573 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6574 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6575 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6576 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6577 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6578 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6579 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6580 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6581 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6583 For example, you could write
6584 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6585 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6588 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6590 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6592 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6594 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6595 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6596 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6597 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6598 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6599 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6600 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6601 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6602 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6603 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6604 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6605 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6607 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6608 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6609 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6610 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6611 call another major mode in their body.
6613 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6615 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6616 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6617 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6618 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6619 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6620 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6621 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6623 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6625 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6626 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6627 :inherit Parent keymap.
6629 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6630 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6632 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6634 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6635 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6636 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6637 the constant's documentation.
6639 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6641 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6642 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6643 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6645 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6649 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6650 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (18785
6652 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6654 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6656 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6657 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6659 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6660 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6661 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6663 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6664 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6668 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6669 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6673 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6674 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6678 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6679 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6681 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6683 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6685 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6687 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6688 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6690 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6691 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6693 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6695 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6697 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6701 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6702 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6703 computed automatically.
6704 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6708 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6710 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6711 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6712 keyboard equivalent.
6716 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6717 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6721 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6722 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6726 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6727 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
6731 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6732 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
6736 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6740 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6741 radio: A radio button.
6742 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6743 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6745 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6749 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6750 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6754 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6756 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6757 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6758 as a solid horizontal line.
6760 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6762 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6764 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6767 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6769 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6770 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6771 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6772 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6774 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6776 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6777 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6778 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6779 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6780 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6781 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6783 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
6784 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
6785 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
6787 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6788 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6789 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6791 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
6792 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
6794 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
6798 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6799 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
6800 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
6801 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6802 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
6803 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6804 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
6805 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (18785 32052))
6806 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6808 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
6809 Customization for ebnf group.
6813 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6814 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6816 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6818 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6821 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6823 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6825 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6826 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6828 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6829 killed after process termination.
6831 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6833 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6835 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6836 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6838 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6839 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6842 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6843 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6844 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6845 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6847 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6849 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6850 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6851 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6853 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6855 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6856 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6858 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6860 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6863 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6865 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6867 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6868 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6870 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6871 killed after process termination.
6873 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6875 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6877 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6878 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6879 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6880 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6882 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6886 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6887 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6888 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6890 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6892 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6894 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6895 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
6897 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6899 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6902 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6904 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6906 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6907 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
6909 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6910 killed after EPS generation.
6912 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6914 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6916 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6917 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
6919 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
6920 The EPS file name has the following form:
6922 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6924 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6925 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6927 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6928 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6929 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6930 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6931 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6933 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6938 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6939 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
6941 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
6942 The EPS file name has the following form:
6944 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6946 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6947 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6949 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6950 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6951 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6952 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6953 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6955 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6958 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6960 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
6962 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6963 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
6965 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
6967 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
6970 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6972 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6974 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6975 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
6977 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6978 killed after syntax checking.
6980 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6982 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6984 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6985 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
6989 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6990 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
6992 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6994 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
6995 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6999 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7000 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7002 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7006 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7007 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7009 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7011 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7013 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7016 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7020 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7021 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7023 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7025 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7027 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7028 Set STYLE as the current style.
7030 Returns the old style symbol.
7032 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7036 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7037 Reset current style.
7039 Returns the old style symbol.
7041 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7043 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7045 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7046 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7048 Returns the old style symbol.
7050 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7052 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7054 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7056 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7057 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7059 Returns the old style symbol.
7061 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7063 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7069 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7070 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7071 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7072 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7073 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7074 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7075 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7076 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7077 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7078 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7079 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (19100
7081 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7083 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7084 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7085 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7086 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7087 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7088 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7090 Tree mode key bindings:
7091 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7095 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7096 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7100 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7101 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7103 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7107 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7108 View declaration of member at point.
7112 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7113 Find declaration of member at point.
7117 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7118 View definition of member at point.
7122 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7123 Find definition of member at point.
7127 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7128 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7132 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7133 View definition of member at point in other window.
7137 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7138 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7142 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7143 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7147 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7148 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7152 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7153 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7157 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7158 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7159 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7160 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7163 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7165 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7166 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7167 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7168 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7170 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7172 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7173 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7174 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7175 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7177 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7179 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7180 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7181 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7183 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7185 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7186 Search for call sites of a member.
7187 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7188 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7189 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7190 looks like a function call to the member.
7192 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7194 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7195 Move backward in the position stack.
7196 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7200 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7201 Move forward in the position stack.
7202 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7206 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7207 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7211 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7212 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7216 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7217 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7218 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7219 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7221 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7223 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7224 Display statistics for a class tree.
7230 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7231 ;;;;;; (18785 31777))
7232 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7234 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7235 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7236 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7237 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7239 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7240 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7241 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7243 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7244 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7245 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7247 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7249 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7255 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7256 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (18785 31777))
7257 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7259 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7260 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7261 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7263 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7267 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7268 ;;;;;; (19111 30027))
7269 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7271 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7278 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (19146 53665))
7279 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7281 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7282 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7283 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7284 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7285 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7286 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7288 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7290 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7291 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7292 With non-nil argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7293 positive; otherwise, disable it.
7295 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7296 an EDE controlled project.
7298 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7302 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7303 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7304 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (19095 22852))
7305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7307 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7308 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7309 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7310 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7311 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7313 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7314 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7315 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7316 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7318 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7320 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7321 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7322 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7323 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7325 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7327 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7328 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7329 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7330 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7332 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7334 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7336 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7337 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7338 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7339 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7340 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7342 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7343 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7344 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7345 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7346 instrumented for Edebug.
7348 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7349 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7350 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7351 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7356 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7357 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7361 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7362 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7368 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7369 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7370 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7371 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7372 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7373 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7374 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7375 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7376 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7377 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (19146 53664))
7378 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7380 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7381 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7383 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7385 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7386 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7388 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7390 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7392 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7394 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7395 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7396 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7397 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7401 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7402 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7403 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7404 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7408 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7409 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7411 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7413 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7415 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7416 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7418 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7420 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7422 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7423 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7424 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7425 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7427 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7429 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7431 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7432 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7433 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7434 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7436 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7438 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7440 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7441 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7442 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7443 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7445 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7447 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7449 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7450 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7451 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7452 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7454 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7456 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7458 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7459 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7460 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7461 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7462 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7463 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7465 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7467 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7468 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7469 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7470 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7472 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7474 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7476 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7477 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7478 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7479 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7481 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7483 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7485 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7487 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7488 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7489 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7491 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7492 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7494 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7496 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7497 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7498 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7500 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7501 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7503 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7505 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7506 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7507 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7508 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7509 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7511 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7513 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7514 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7515 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7516 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7517 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7518 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7520 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7522 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7524 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7525 Merge two files without ancestor.
7527 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7529 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7530 Merge two files with ancestor.
7532 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7534 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7536 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7537 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7539 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7541 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7542 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7544 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7546 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7547 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7548 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7551 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7553 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7554 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7555 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7558 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7560 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7561 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7562 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7563 and don't ask the user.
7564 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7565 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7567 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7569 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7570 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7571 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7572 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7573 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7574 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7575 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7576 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7578 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7580 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7582 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7584 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7585 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7586 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7587 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7588 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7590 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7592 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7594 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7595 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7596 When called interactively, displays the version.
7600 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7601 Display Ediff's manual.
7602 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7604 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7608 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7609 ;;;;;; (18785 31778))
7610 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7612 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7619 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7620 ;;;;;; (18820 52309))
7621 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7623 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7624 Display Ediff's registry.
7628 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7632 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7633 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (18989 10358))
7634 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7636 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7637 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7638 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7643 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7644 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7645 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7646 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7652 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7653 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7654 ;;;;;; (18972 20182))
7655 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7657 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7658 *Non-nil if `edit-kbd-macro' should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7659 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7661 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7662 Edit a keyboard macro.
7663 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7664 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7665 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7667 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7669 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7671 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7672 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7674 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7676 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7677 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7679 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7681 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7682 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7683 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7684 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7685 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7686 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7688 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7689 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7690 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7691 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7693 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7695 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7696 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7697 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7698 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7699 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7700 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7702 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7706 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7707 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (19146 53666))
7708 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7710 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7712 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7713 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7715 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7717 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7718 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7724 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7725 ;;;;;; (19096 3520))
7726 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7728 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7729 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7730 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7731 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7732 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7733 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7734 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7736 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7737 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7739 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7740 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7741 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7742 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7744 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7745 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7746 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7748 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7749 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7750 BUFFER is put into default `major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
7752 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7754 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7757 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7761 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7762 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (19146 53666))
7763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7765 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
7766 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7768 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
7770 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7771 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7772 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
7773 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
7774 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
7775 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
7776 of the function called in the expression point is on.
7778 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7782 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7783 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
7787 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
7788 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
7789 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
7790 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
7791 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
7792 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
7795 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
7796 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
7797 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
7800 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
7801 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
7805 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (19146
7807 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7809 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
7810 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7812 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7813 an elided material again.
7815 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7821 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
7822 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7823 ;;;;;; (19141 18862))
7824 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7826 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
7831 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
7832 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
7833 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
7835 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7837 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
7838 Lint the current buffer.
7839 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initalize'.
7843 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
7844 Lint the function at point.
7845 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initalize'.
7849 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
7851 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
7852 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
7854 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
7858 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7859 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (19141
7861 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7863 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
7864 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7865 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7867 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7869 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
7870 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7871 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7872 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
7874 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7876 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
7877 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7878 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7880 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7882 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7884 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
7885 Display current profiling results.
7886 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7887 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
7894 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7895 ;;;;;; (19103 26694))
7896 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7898 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
7899 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7900 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7902 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7906 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7907 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7908 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7909 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7910 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (19146 53664))
7911 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
7913 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
7914 Run Emerge on two files.
7916 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7918 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7919 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7921 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7923 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
7924 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7926 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7928 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7929 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7931 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7933 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
7938 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
7943 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
7946 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7948 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
7951 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7953 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
7954 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7956 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7958 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7959 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7961 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7963 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
7966 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7970 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7971 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (18785 32081))
7972 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
7974 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
7975 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7976 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7977 text/enriched format.
7978 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
7980 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
7981 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
7985 \\{enriched-mode-map}
7987 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7989 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
7992 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
7994 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
7997 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8001 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8002 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8003 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8004 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8005 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8006 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (19137
8008 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8010 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8011 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8013 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8015 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8016 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8018 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8020 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8021 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8022 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8023 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8024 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8025 the keys are listed.
8026 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8028 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8030 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8035 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8040 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8041 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8043 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8045 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8046 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8048 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8050 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8051 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8053 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8054 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8055 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8056 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8057 should consider using the string based counterpart
8058 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8059 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8063 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8064 (decode-coding-string
8065 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8068 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8070 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8071 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8073 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8074 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8076 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8078 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8079 Verify the current region between START and END.
8081 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8082 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8083 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8084 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8085 should consider using the string based counterpart
8086 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8087 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8091 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8092 (decode-coding-string
8093 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8096 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8098 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8099 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8100 between START and END.
8102 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8103 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8105 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8107 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8108 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8110 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8111 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8112 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8113 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8114 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8115 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8119 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8122 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8124 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8126 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8127 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8129 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8130 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8131 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8132 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8133 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8134 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8138 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8141 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8144 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8146 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8147 Delete selected KEYS.
8149 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8151 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8152 Import keys from FILE.
8156 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8157 Import keys from the region.
8159 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8161 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8162 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8163 between START and END.
8165 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8167 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8168 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8170 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8172 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8173 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8179 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8180 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (18785 31784))
8181 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8183 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8184 Decrypt marked files.
8188 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8189 Verify marked files.
8193 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8198 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8199 Encrypt marked files.
8205 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8206 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (19130 52558))
8207 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8209 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8212 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8214 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8219 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8226 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8227 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8228 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (18785 31785))
8229 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8231 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8232 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8236 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8237 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8238 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8240 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8244 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8245 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8246 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8248 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8252 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8253 Sign the current buffer.
8254 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8256 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8258 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8260 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8261 Encrypt the current buffer.
8262 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8264 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8266 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8268 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8269 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8270 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8272 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8276 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8277 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8278 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8279 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8280 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8281 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8283 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8285 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8286 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8292 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (19129 27184))
8293 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8295 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8296 Return a context object.
8298 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8302 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8303 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (18785 31786))
8304 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8306 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8307 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8311 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8312 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8314 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8316 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8317 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8319 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8323 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8324 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (19046 33175))
8325 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8327 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8328 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8332 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8333 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8334 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8336 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8338 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8339 (server (erc-compute-server))
8340 (port (erc-compute-port))
8341 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8343 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8345 That is, if called with
8347 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8349 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8350 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8351 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8353 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8355 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8357 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8358 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8359 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8360 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8362 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (18785
8368 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8369 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (19137 28302))
8374 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8375 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (18785 31929))
8380 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8381 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (18785 31929))
8386 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8387 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8391 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8392 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (18799 65318))
8393 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8394 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8396 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8397 Parser for /dcc command.
8398 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8399 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8400 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8402 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8404 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8405 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8409 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8410 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8412 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8413 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8414 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8417 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8421 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8422 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8423 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8424 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8425 ;;;;;; (18785 31930))
8426 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8428 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8429 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8431 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8433 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8434 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8435 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8436 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8438 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8440 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8443 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8445 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8446 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8448 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8450 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8451 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8453 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8455 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8456 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8458 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8460 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8461 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8463 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8465 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8466 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8468 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8470 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8471 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8473 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8475 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8476 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8480 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8481 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8487 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (18785
8489 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8490 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8492 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8493 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8494 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (18785
8502 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
8503 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
8507 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8508 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (18785 31932))
8509 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8510 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8512 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8513 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8514 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8515 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8516 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8517 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8520 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8522 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8525 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8529 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8530 ;;;;;; (18785 31932))
8531 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8533 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (18785 31932))
8541 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8542 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (18785 31933))
8547 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8548 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8552 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
8553 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (18785 31933))
8554 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8555 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8557 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8558 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8559 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8560 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8561 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
8562 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8564 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8566 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8567 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8568 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8569 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8571 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8572 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8575 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8576 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8578 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8582 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
8583 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
8584 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
8585 ;;;;;; (18785 31933))
8586 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8587 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8589 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8590 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8594 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8595 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8599 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8600 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8604 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8605 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8609 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8610 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8614 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8615 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8619 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8620 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8624 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8625 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (18785 31933))
8632 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8633 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8637 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
8638 ;;;;;; (18785 31934))
8639 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8640 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8642 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8649 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
8650 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (18785 31934))
8651 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8653 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8654 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
8655 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
8656 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
8660 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
8661 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
8667 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
8668 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (18785 31934))
8669 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
8670 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
8672 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8673 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
8674 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
8675 with args, toggle notify status of people.
8677 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8679 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (18785 31934))
8687 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
8688 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
8692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (18785
8694 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
8695 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
8699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (18785 31935))
8700 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
8701 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
8705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (18785 31935))
8706 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
8707 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
8711 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
8712 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (18785 31936))
8713 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
8714 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
8716 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
8717 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
8721 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
8722 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
8723 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
8725 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
8729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (18785 31936))
8730 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
8731 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
8735 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
8736 ;;;;;; (18785 31936))
8737 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
8739 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
8740 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
8741 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
8747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (18785
8749 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
8750 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
8754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (18785 31939))
8755 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
8756 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
8760 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
8761 ;;;;;; (18785 31941))
8762 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
8764 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
8765 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
8766 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
8768 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
8770 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
8771 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
8774 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
8775 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
8776 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
8778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8779 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
8783 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
8784 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (18785 31941))
8785 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
8786 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
8788 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
8789 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
8790 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
8791 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8793 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8795 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
8796 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
8797 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8803 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
8804 ;;;;;; (18785 31941))
8805 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
8806 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
8808 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
8809 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
8815 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (19146
8817 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
8819 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
8820 Emacs shell interactive mode.
8828 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (19101
8830 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
8832 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
8833 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
8835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8839 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
8840 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (18785 31948))
8841 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
8843 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
8844 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
8845 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
8846 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
8847 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
8848 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
8849 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
8850 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
8851 buffer selected (or created).
8853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8855 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
8856 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
8857 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
8859 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
8861 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
8862 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
8863 The result might be any Lisp object.
8864 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
8865 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
8866 corresponding to a successful execution.
8868 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
8870 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
8874 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
8875 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
8876 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
8877 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
8878 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
8879 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
8880 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
8881 ;;;;;; (19100 37992))
8882 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
8884 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
8885 *File name of tags table.
8886 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
8887 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
8888 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8889 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
8891 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
8892 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
8893 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
8894 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
8896 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
8898 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
8899 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
8900 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
8901 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
8902 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
8903 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8905 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
8907 (defvar tags-compression-info-list '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz") "\
8908 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
8909 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
8910 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
8911 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
8912 `auto-compression-mode').")
8914 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
8916 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
8917 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
8918 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
8919 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
8920 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
8922 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
8924 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
8925 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
8926 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
8927 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
8929 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
8931 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
8932 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
8933 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
8934 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
8935 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
8937 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
8939 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
8940 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
8944 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
8945 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
8946 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
8947 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
8949 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
8950 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
8951 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
8952 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
8953 file the tag was in.
8955 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
8957 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
8958 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
8959 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
8960 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
8961 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
8962 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
8963 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
8964 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
8965 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
8967 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
8969 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
8970 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
8971 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
8972 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
8973 without directory names.
8977 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
8978 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8979 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
8980 but does not select the buffer.
8981 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
8983 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8984 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8985 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8986 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8987 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8989 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8991 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8992 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8993 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8995 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8997 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8999 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9000 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9001 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9002 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9004 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9005 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9006 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9007 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9008 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9010 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9012 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9013 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9014 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9016 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9018 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9019 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9021 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9022 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9023 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9024 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9025 around or before point.
9027 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9028 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9029 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9030 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9031 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9033 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9035 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9036 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9037 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9039 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9041 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9042 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9044 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9045 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9046 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9047 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9048 around or before point.
9050 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9051 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9052 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9053 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9054 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9056 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9058 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9059 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9060 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9062 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9064 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9065 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9067 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9068 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9069 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9071 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9072 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9073 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9074 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9075 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9077 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9079 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9080 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9081 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9083 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9085 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9086 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9087 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9089 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9090 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9092 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9093 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9094 where they were found.
9098 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9099 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9101 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9102 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9103 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9105 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9106 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9108 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9109 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9111 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9113 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9114 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9115 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9116 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9118 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9119 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9120 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9121 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9122 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9124 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9125 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9127 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9128 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9129 Stops when a match is found.
9130 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9132 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9134 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9136 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9137 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9138 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9139 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9140 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9141 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9142 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9143 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9145 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9146 produce the list of files to search.
9148 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9150 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9152 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9153 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9154 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9155 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9156 directory specification.
9158 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9160 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9161 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9163 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9165 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9166 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9167 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9168 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9172 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9173 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9174 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9175 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9176 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9182 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9183 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9184 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9185 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9186 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9187 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9188 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9189 ;;;;;; (18810 35969))
9190 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9192 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9197 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9198 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9200 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9201 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9203 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9204 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9207 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9208 even if the buffer is read-only.
9210 See also the descriptions of the variables
9211 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9213 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9215 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9216 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9218 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9219 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9221 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9222 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9225 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9226 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9228 See also the descriptions of the variables
9229 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9231 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9233 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9234 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9235 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9236 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9238 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9240 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9241 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9242 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9243 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9245 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9246 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9249 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9250 buffer is read-only.
9252 See also the descriptions of the variables
9253 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9254 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9256 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9258 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9259 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9261 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9262 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9264 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9265 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9266 the primary language.
9268 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9269 buffer is read-only.
9271 See also the descriptions of the variables
9272 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9273 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9275 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9277 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9278 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9279 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9281 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9283 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9284 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9288 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9289 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9291 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9292 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9295 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9296 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9297 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9299 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9301 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9303 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9304 This function is deprecated.
9308 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9309 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9313 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9314 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9318 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9319 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9321 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9322 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9324 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9325 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9329 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9330 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9334 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9335 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
9339 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9340 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9344 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9345 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9346 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9350 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9353 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9357 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9358 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9359 ;;;;;; (19146 53667))
9360 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9362 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9363 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9364 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9365 server for future sessions.
9367 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9369 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9370 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9371 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9373 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9375 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9376 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9377 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9379 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9381 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9382 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9383 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9384 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9385 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9386 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9387 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9388 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9389 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9390 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9391 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9392 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9394 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9396 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9397 Display a form to query the directory server.
9398 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9399 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9401 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9403 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9404 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9405 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9409 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] '(menu-item "Get Phone" eudc-get-phone :help "Get the phone field of name from the directory server")) (define-key map [email] '(menu-item "Get Email" eudc-get-email :help "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server")) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] '("--")) (define-key map [expand-inline] '(menu-item "Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline :help "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point")) (define-key map [query] '(menu-item "Query with Form" eudc-query-form :help "Display a form to query the directory server")) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] '("--")) (define-key map [new] '(menu-item "New Server" eudc-set-server :help "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL")) (define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc
:help
"Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client")) map
)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu
(symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu
))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads
)) (if (featurep 'xemacs
) (if (and (featurep 'menubar
) (not (featurep 'infodock
))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu
)) (require 'easymenu
) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item
) (easy-menu-add-item nil
'("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps
) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
9413 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9414 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9415 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (19123 12729))
9416 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9418 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary
"eudc-bob" "\
9419 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9421 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9423 (autoload 'eudc-display-url
"eudc-bob" "\
9424 Display URL and make it clickable.
9428 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail
"eudc-bob" "\
9429 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9431 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil
)
9433 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound
"eudc-bob" "\
9434 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9436 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9438 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline
"eudc-bob" "\
9439 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9441 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9443 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
"eudc-bob" "\
9444 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9446 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9450 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9451 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (18785 32003))
9452 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9454 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
"eudc-export" "\
9455 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9456 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9460 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert
"eudc-export" "\
9461 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9467 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9468 ;;;;;; (18785 32003))
9469 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9471 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist
"eudc-hotlist" "\
9472 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9478 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (18785
9480 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9482 (autoload 'ewoc-create
"ewoc" "\
9483 Create an empty ewoc.
9485 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9487 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9488 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9489 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9490 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9491 `insert-before-markers'.
9493 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9494 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9495 respectively, of the ewoc.
9497 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9498 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9499 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9501 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil
)
9505 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9506 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9507 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9508 ;;;;;; (18785 32054))
9509 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9511 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p
"executable" "\
9512 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9513 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9515 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil
)
9517 (autoload 'executable-interpret
"executable" "\
9518 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9519 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9520 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9521 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9523 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
9525 (autoload 'executable-set-magic
"executable" "\
9526 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9527 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9528 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9529 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9532 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil
)
9534 (autoload 'executable-self-display
"executable" "\
9535 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9536 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9540 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
"executable" "\
9541 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9542 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9549 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
9550 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
9551 ;;;;;; (18785 31786))
9552 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9554 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs
"expand" "\
9555 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
9556 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9557 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9559 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9561 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9562 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9563 to generate such functions.
9565 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9566 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9567 beginning of the expanded text.
9569 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9570 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9571 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9572 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9574 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9576 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil
)
9578 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook
"expand" "\
9579 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
9580 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
9584 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
"expand" "\
9585 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9586 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9590 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
"expand" "\
9591 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9592 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9595 (define-key abbrev-map
"p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
9596 (define-key abbrev-map
"n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
9600 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (19146 53668))
9601 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9603 (autoload 'f90-mode
"f90" "\
9604 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9605 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9607 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9608 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9609 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9611 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9616 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9619 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
9621 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
9623 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
9624 `f90-program-indent'
9625 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
9627 `f90-continuation-indent'
9628 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
9629 `f90-comment-region'
9630 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
9631 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
9632 `f90-indented-comment-re'
9633 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
9635 `f90-directive-comment-re'
9636 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
9637 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
9638 `f90-break-delimiters'
9639 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
9640 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
9641 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
9642 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9644 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9645 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9647 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9648 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9649 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9650 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9651 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9652 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9654 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9656 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9657 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9663 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
9664 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
9665 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
9666 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (19146
9668 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
9670 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative
"face-remap" "\
9671 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
9673 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
9674 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
9676 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9677 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9678 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
9679 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
9680 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
9681 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
9682 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
9684 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
9685 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
9686 using `face-remap-set-base'.
9688 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil
)
9690 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base
"face-remap" "\
9691 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
9693 \(fn FACE)" nil nil
)
9695 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base
"face-remap" "\
9696 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
9697 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
9698 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
9699 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
9700 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
9702 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil
)
9704 (autoload 'text-scale-set
"face-remap" "\
9705 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
9706 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
9708 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
9709 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9710 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
9715 (autoload 'text-scale-increase
"face-remap" "\
9716 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
9717 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
9719 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9720 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9721 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9722 will remove any scaling currently active.
9726 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease
"face-remap" "\
9727 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
9728 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
9731 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
+)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
9732 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?-
)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
9733 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
=)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
9734 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
0)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
9736 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust
"face-remap" "\
9737 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
9739 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
9740 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
9742 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
9743 - Decrease the default face height by one step
9744 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
9746 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
9747 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
9748 is one of the above.
9750 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9751 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9752 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9753 will remove any scaling currently active.
9755 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
9756 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
9757 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
9758 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
9759 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
9763 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode
"face-remap" "\
9764 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
9765 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
9766 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
9768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
9770 (autoload 'buffer-face-set
"face-remap" "\
9771 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9772 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9773 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9774 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
9776 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9777 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
9779 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil
)
9781 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle
"face-remap" "\
9782 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9783 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9784 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9786 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
9787 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
9788 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
9789 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
9791 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9792 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
9794 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil
)
9796 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode
"face-remap" "\
9797 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
9798 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
9799 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
9801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
9805 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
9806 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
9807 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (19100 37910))
9808 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
9810 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it
"feedmail" "\
9811 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
9812 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
9813 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
9817 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
"feedmail" "\
9818 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
9820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
9822 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt
"feedmail" "\
9823 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
9824 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
9825 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
9827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
9829 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue
"feedmail" "\
9830 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
9831 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
9832 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
9833 backup file names and the like).
9835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
9837 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder
"feedmail" "\
9838 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
9839 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
9840 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
9841 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
9842 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
9843 internally by feedmail):
9845 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
9846 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
9847 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
9848 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
9850 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
9851 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
9852 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
9853 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
9854 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
9856 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil
)
9860 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
9861 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (19146 53664))
9862 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
9864 (autoload 'ffap-next
"ffap" "\
9865 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
9866 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
9867 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
9868 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
9869 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
9870 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
9872 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil
)
9874 (autoload 'find-file-at-point
"ffap" "\
9875 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
9876 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
9877 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
9878 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9879 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
9880 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
9882 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil
)
9884 (defalias 'ffap
'find-file-at-point
)
9886 (autoload 'ffap-menu
"ffap" "\
9887 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
9888 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
9889 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
9890 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
9891 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
9893 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil
)
9895 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse
"ffap" "\
9896 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
9897 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
9899 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
9900 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
9905 (autoload 'dired-at-point
"ffap" "\
9906 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
9908 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil
)
9910 (autoload 'ffap-bindings
"ffap" "\
9911 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
9917 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
9918 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
9919 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
9920 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (18785 31788))
9921 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
9923 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory
"filecache" "\
9924 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
9925 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
9926 be added to the cache.
9928 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
9930 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list
"filecache" "\
9931 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
9932 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9933 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
9934 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9936 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
9938 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file
"filecache" "\
9939 Add FILE to the file cache.
9943 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find
"filecache" "\
9944 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
9945 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
9947 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil
)
9949 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate
"filecache" "\
9950 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
9951 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
9953 \(fn STRING)" t nil
)
9955 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively
"filecache" "\
9956 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
9957 This function does not use any external programs
9958 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9959 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
9960 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9962 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
9964 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete
"filecache" "\
9965 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
9966 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
9967 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
9968 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
9969 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
9970 \(directories) is done.
9976 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
9977 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
9978 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
9979 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
9980 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (19146 53664))
9981 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
9983 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable
"files-x" "\
9984 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
9986 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
9987 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
9988 Local Variables list.
9990 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
9991 then this function adds the first line containing the string
9992 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
9994 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
9996 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable
"files-x" "\
9997 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
9999 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10001 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10002 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10004 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10005 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10008 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10009 then this function adds it.
10011 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
10013 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10014 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10016 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10018 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10019 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10021 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
10023 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10024 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10026 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10028 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals
"files-x" "\
10029 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10033 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
"files-x" "\
10034 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10038 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10039 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10045 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (19116
10047 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10049 (autoload 'filesets-init
"filesets" "\
10050 Filesets initialization.
10051 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10057 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (18785 31789))
10058 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10060 (autoload 'find-cmd
"find-cmd" "\
10061 Initiate the building of a find command. For exmple:
10063 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10064 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10066 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10068 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10069 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10071 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil
)
10075 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-name-arg
10076 ;;;;;; find-grep-options find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option)
10077 ;;;;;; "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (18785 31789))
10078 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10080 (defvar find-ls-option
(if (eq system-type
'berkeley-unix
) '("-ls" .
"-gilsb") '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" .
"-ld")) "\
10081 Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10082 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10083 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10084 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10086 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option
"find-dired" t
)
10088 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches
"-al" "\
10089 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10090 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10091 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10092 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10094 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches
"find-dired" t
)
10096 (defvar find-grep-options
(if (or (eq system-type
'berkeley-unix
) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration
) (string-match "irix" system-configuration
)) "-s" "-q") "\
10097 Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10098 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10099 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10101 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options
"find-dired" t
)
10103 (defvar find-name-arg
(if read-file-name-completion-ignore-case
"-iname" "-name") "\
10104 Argument used to specify file name pattern.
10105 If `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' is non-nil, -iname is used so that
10106 find also ignores case. Otherwise, -name is used.")
10108 (custom-autoload 'find-name-arg
"find-dired" t
)
10110 (autoload 'find-dired
"find-dired" "\
10111 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10112 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10114 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10116 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10117 as the final argument.
10119 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil
)
10121 (autoload 'find-name-dired
"find-dired" "\
10122 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10123 and run dired on those files.
10124 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10125 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10127 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10129 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil
)
10131 (autoload 'find-grep-dired
"find-dired" "\
10132 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10133 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10135 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10137 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10139 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil
)
10143 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10144 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10145 ;;;;;; (18785 31790))
10146 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10148 (defvar ff-special-constructs
'(("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil
(buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10149 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10150 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10151 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10152 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10153 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10154 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10156 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file
"find-file" "\
10157 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10158 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10160 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10162 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil
)
10164 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file
'ff-find-other-file
)
10166 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file
"find-file" "\
10167 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10168 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10170 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10171 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10173 Variables of interest include:
10175 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10176 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10177 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10179 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10180 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10181 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10183 - `ff-ignore-include'
10184 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10186 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10187 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10190 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10192 - `ff-special-constructs'
10193 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10194 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10195 extracting the filename from that construct.
10197 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10198 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10200 - `ff-search-directories'
10201 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10202 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10204 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10205 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10207 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10208 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10210 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10211 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10213 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10214 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10216 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10217 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10219 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil
)
10221 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file
"find-file" "\
10222 Visit the file you click on.
10224 \(fn EVENT)" t nil
)
10226 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window
"find-file" "\
10227 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10229 \(fn EVENT)" t nil
)
10233 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10234 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10235 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10236 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10237 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10238 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10239 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (18834 14082))
10240 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10242 (autoload 'find-library
"find-func" "\
10243 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10244 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10246 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil
)
10248 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol
"find-func" "\
10249 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10250 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10251 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10253 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10254 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10255 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10256 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10258 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil
)
10260 (autoload 'find-function-noselect
"find-func" "\
10261 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10263 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10264 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10265 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10266 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10268 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10269 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10272 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil
)
10274 (autoload 'find-function
"find-func" "\
10275 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10277 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10278 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10279 places point before the definition.
10280 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10282 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10283 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10284 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10286 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10288 (autoload 'find-function-other-window
"find-func" "\
10289 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10291 See `find-function' for more details.
10293 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10295 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame
"find-func" "\
10296 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10298 See `find-function' for more details.
10300 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10302 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect
"find-func" "\
10303 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10305 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10306 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10307 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10309 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10310 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10312 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil
)
10314 (autoload 'find-variable
"find-func" "\
10315 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10317 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10318 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10319 places point before the definition.
10321 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10323 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10324 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10325 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10327 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10329 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window
"find-func" "\
10330 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10332 See `find-variable' for more details.
10334 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10336 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame
"find-func" "\
10337 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10339 See `find-variable' for more details.
10341 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10343 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect
"find-func" "\
10344 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10345 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10346 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10347 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10348 buffer nor display it.
10350 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10351 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10353 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil
)
10355 (autoload 'find-face-definition
"find-func" "\
10356 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10358 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10359 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10360 places point before the definition.
10362 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10364 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10365 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10366 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10370 (autoload 'find-function-on-key
"find-func" "\
10371 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10372 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10376 (autoload 'find-function-at-point
"find-func" "\
10377 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10381 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point
"find-func" "\
10382 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10386 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys
"find-func" "\
10387 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10393 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10394 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (18785 31790))
10395 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10397 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired
"find-lisp" "\
10398 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10400 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil
)
10402 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
"find-lisp" "\
10403 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10407 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter
"find-lisp" "\
10408 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10410 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil
)
10414 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10415 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (18868 8824))
10416 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10418 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords
"finder" "\
10419 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10423 (autoload 'finder-commentary
"finder" "\
10424 Display FILE's commentary section.
10425 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10429 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword
"finder" "\
10430 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10436 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10437 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (18793 10502))
10438 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10440 (autoload 'enable-flow-control
"flow-ctrl" "\
10441 Toggle flow control handling.
10442 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10443 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10445 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil
)
10447 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on
"flow-ctrl" "\
10448 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10449 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10450 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10451 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10452 to get the effect of a C-q.
10454 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil
)
10458 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10459 ;;;;;; (18785 31952))
10460 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10462 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode
"flow-fill" "\
10465 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil
)
10467 (autoload 'fill-flowed
"flow-fill" "\
10470 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil
)
10474 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10475 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (19100 37532))
10476 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10478 (autoload 'flymake-mode
"flymake" "\
10479 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10480 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10481 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10483 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10485 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on
"flymake" "\
10486 Turn flymake mode on.
10490 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off
"flymake" "\
10491 Turn flymake mode off.
10497 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10498 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
10499 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (19146 53668))
10500 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10502 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode
"flyspell" "\
10503 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10506 (defvar flyspell-mode nil
)
10508 (autoload 'flyspell-mode
"flyspell" "\
10509 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10510 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10511 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10512 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10513 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
10514 otherwise turn it off.
10517 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10518 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10519 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10520 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10523 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10526 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10527 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10528 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10530 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10532 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10533 in your .emacs file.
10535 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10536 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10540 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell
"flyspell" "\
10541 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10545 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell
"flyspell" "\
10546 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
10550 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off
"flyspell" "\
10551 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10555 (autoload 'flyspell-region
"flyspell" "\
10556 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10558 \(fn BEG END)" t nil
)
10560 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer
"flyspell" "\
10561 Flyspell whole buffer.
10567 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10568 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10569 ;;;;;; (18785 31791))
10570 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10572 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode
"follow" "\
10573 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10577 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode
"follow" "\
10578 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10582 (autoload 'follow-mode
"follow" "\
10583 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10585 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10586 of two major techniques:
10588 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10589 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10590 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
10592 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10593 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10594 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10597 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
10598 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
10599 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
10600 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
10601 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
10604 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
10605 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
10607 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
10609 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
10610 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
10611 \(This is the default.)
10613 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
10615 Keys specific to Follow mode:
10616 \\{follow-mode-map}
10618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10620 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split
"follow" "\
10621 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
10623 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
10624 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
10625 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
10626 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
10627 two windows always will display two successive pages.
10628 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
10630 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
10631 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
10632 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
10634 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
10635 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
10636 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
10638 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10642 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (19104
10644 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
10646 (autoload 'footnote-mode
"footnote" "\
10647 Toggle footnote minor mode.
10648 This minor mode provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get
10649 started, play around with the following keys:
10650 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
10652 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10656 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
10657 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (18785 31793))
10658 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
10660 (autoload 'forms-mode
"forms" "\
10661 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
10663 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
10664 TAB forms-next-field TAB
10665 C-c TAB forms-next-field
10666 C-c < forms-first-record <
10667 C-c > forms-last-record >
10668 C-c ? describe-mode ?
10669 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
10670 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
10671 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
10672 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
10673 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
10674 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
10675 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
10676 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
10677 C-c C-x forms-exit x
10679 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil
)
10681 (autoload 'forms-find-file
"forms" "\
10682 Visit a file in Forms mode.
10686 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window
"forms" "\
10687 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
10693 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
10694 ;;;;;; (19146 53668))
10695 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
10697 (autoload 'fortran-mode
"fortran" "\
10698 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
10699 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
10701 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
10702 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
10704 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
10707 \\{fortran-mode-map}
10709 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10711 `fortran-comment-line-start'
10712 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
10713 `fortran-do-indent'
10714 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
10715 `fortran-if-indent'
10716 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
10717 `fortran-structure-indent'
10718 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
10720 `fortran-continuation-indent'
10721 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
10722 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
10723 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
10724 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
10725 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
10726 nil don't change the indentation
10727 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10729 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
10730 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
10731 depending on the continuation format in use.
10732 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10733 indentation for a line of code.
10735 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
10736 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
10737 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
10738 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
10739 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
10740 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
10741 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
10742 `fortran-line-number-indent'
10743 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
10744 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
10746 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
10747 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
10748 statements (default nil).
10749 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
10750 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
10751 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
10752 `fortran-continuation-string'
10753 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
10754 line (default \"$\").
10755 `fortran-comment-region'
10756 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
10757 the region (default \"c$$$\").
10758 `fortran-electric-line-number'
10759 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
10760 as typed (default t).
10761 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
10762 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
10764 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
10765 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10771 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
10772 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (18785 32029))
10773 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
10775 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune
"fortune" "\
10776 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
10778 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10779 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10781 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil
)
10783 (autoload 'fortune-from-region
"fortune" "\
10784 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
10786 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10787 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10789 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil
)
10791 (autoload 'fortune-compile
"fortune" "\
10792 Compile fortune file.
10794 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
10795 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
10797 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
10799 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature
"fortune" "\
10800 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
10802 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10803 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10804 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10805 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10807 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
10809 (autoload 'fortune
"fortune" "\
10810 Display a fortune cookie.
10812 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10813 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10814 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10815 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10817 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
10821 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
10822 ;;;;;; (19131 26192))
10823 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
10825 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil
"\
10826 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
10828 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug
"gdb-mi" t
)
10830 (autoload 'gdb
"gdb-mi" "\
10831 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10832 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10833 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10835 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
10836 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
10837 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
10838 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
10840 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
10841 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
10842 shown in some of the buffers.
10844 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
10846 The following commands help control operation :
10848 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
10849 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
10851 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
10852 detailed description of this mode.
10855 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
10857 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10858 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
10862 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10863 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
10864 | | (comint-mode) |
10871 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10872 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
10873 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
10874 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
10875 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
10876 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10878 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
10882 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
10883 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (18785
10885 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
10887 (defvar generic-mode-list nil
"\
10888 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
10889 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
10890 instead (which see).")
10892 (autoload 'define-generic-mode
"generic" "\
10893 Create a new generic mode MODE.
10895 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
10896 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
10897 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
10898 documentation string instead.
10900 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
10901 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
10902 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
10903 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
10904 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
10905 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
10906 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
10907 enders are actually possible.
10909 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
10910 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
10912 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
10913 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
10914 `font-lock-keywords'.
10916 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
10917 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
10918 runs the macro expansion.
10920 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
10921 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
10922 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
10924 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
10926 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil
(quote macro
))
10928 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal
"generic" "\
10929 Go into the generic mode MODE.
10931 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil
)
10933 (autoload 'generic-mode
"generic" "\
10934 Enter generic mode MODE.
10936 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
10937 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
10938 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
10940 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
10941 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
10945 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list
"generic" "\
10946 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
10947 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
10948 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
10949 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
10950 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
10951 regular expression that can be used as an element of
10952 `font-lock-keywords'.
10954 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil
)
10958 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
10959 ;;;;;; (18785 32057))
10960 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
10962 (autoload 'glasses-mode
"glasses" "\
10963 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
10964 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
10965 at places they belong to.
10967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10971 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
10972 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
10973 ;;;;;; (18785 31953))
10974 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
10976 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat
"gmm-utils" "\
10977 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
10978 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
10980 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil
)
10982 (autoload 'gmm-message
"gmm-utils" "\
10983 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
10985 Guideline for numbers:
10987 3 - non-serious error messages
10988 5 - messages for things that take a long time
10989 7 - not very important messages on stuff
10990 9 - messages inside loops.
10992 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
10994 (autoload 'gmm-error
"gmm-utils" "\
10995 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
10996 ARGS are passed to `message'.
10998 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
11000 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p
"gmm-utils" "\
11001 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11003 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
11005 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list
"gmm-utils" "\
11006 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11008 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11009 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11010 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11011 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11012 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11013 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11015 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11016 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11017 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11018 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11019 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11021 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11023 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil
)
11027 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11028 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (19101 57521))
11029 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11030 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload
)
11031 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method
"gnus"))
11033 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server
"gnus" "\
11034 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11038 (autoload 'gnus-no-server
"gnus" "\
11040 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11041 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11042 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11043 name of an NNTP server to use.
11044 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11047 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil
)
11049 (autoload 'gnus-slave
"gnus" "\
11050 Read news as a slave.
11052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11054 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame
"gnus" "\
11055 Pop up a frame to read news.
11056 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11057 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11058 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11059 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11060 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11061 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11062 current display is used.
11064 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil
)
11066 (autoload 'gnus
"gnus" "\
11068 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11069 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11070 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11072 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil
)
11076 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11077 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11078 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11079 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11080 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11081 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (18785 31953))
11082 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11084 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11085 Start Gnus unplugged.
11089 (autoload 'gnus-plugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11090 Start Gnus plugged.
11094 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11095 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11099 (autoload 'gnus-agentize
"gnus-agent" "\
11100 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11102 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11103 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11104 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11106 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11107 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11108 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11112 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc
"gnus-agent" "\
11113 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11117 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group
"gnus-agent" "\
11118 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11119 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11120 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11121 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11124 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil
)
11126 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group
"gnus-agent" "\
11127 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11128 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11129 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11130 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11133 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil
)
11135 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list
"gnus-agent" "\
11136 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11140 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
"gnus-agent" "\
11141 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11142 downloaded into the agent.
11144 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil
)
11146 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter
"gnus-agent" "\
11147 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11148 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11149 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11151 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
11153 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch
"gnus-agent" "\
11154 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11158 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch
"gnus-agent" "\
11159 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11163 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate
"gnus-agent" "\
11164 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11165 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11167 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil
)
11171 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11172 ;;;;;; (19137 28302))
11173 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11175 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display
"gnus-art" "\
11176 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11182 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11183 ;;;;;; (18785 31954))
11184 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11186 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play
"gnus-audio" "\
11187 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11193 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11194 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (18785 31955))
11195 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11197 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11198 Set a bookmark for this article.
11202 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11203 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11205 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil
)
11207 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11208 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11209 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11210 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11211 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11217 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11218 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11219 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (18785
11221 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11223 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache
"gnus-cache" "\
11224 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11227 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11231 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active
"gnus-cache" "\
11232 Generate the cache active file.
11234 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil
)
11236 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases
"gnus-cache" "\
11237 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11241 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group
"gnus-cache" "\
11242 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11243 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11244 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11245 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11248 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil
)
11250 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group
"gnus-cache" "\
11251 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11252 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11253 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11254 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11257 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil
)
11261 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11262 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (19102 4773))
11263 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11265 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article
"gnus-delay" "\
11266 Delay this article by some time.
11267 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11269 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11270 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11272 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11273 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11275 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11276 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11278 \(fn DELAY)" t nil
)
11280 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue
"gnus-delay" "\
11281 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11285 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize
"gnus-delay" "\
11286 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11287 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11288 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11290 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11291 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11293 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil
)
11297 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11298 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (19123 14669))
11299 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11301 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d
"gnus-diary" "\
11304 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil
)
11306 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D
"gnus-diary" "\
11309 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil
)
11313 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11314 ;;;;;; (18852 50960))
11315 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11317 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode
"gnus-dired" "\
11318 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11324 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11325 ;;;;;; (18861 1029))
11326 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11328 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder
"gnus-draft" "\
11329 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11335 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11336 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11337 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (18785
11339 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11341 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face
"gnus-fun" "\
11342 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11346 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
"gnus-fun" "\
11347 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11351 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file
"gnus-fun" "\
11352 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11354 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11355 different input formats.
11359 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file
"gnus-fun" "\
11360 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11362 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11363 different input formats.
11367 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png
"gnus-fun" "\
11368 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11369 The PNG is returned as a string.
11371 \(fn FACE)" nil nil
)
11373 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face
"gnus-fun" "\
11374 Convert FILE to a Face.
11375 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11378 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
11382 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11383 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (19096 30178))
11384 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11386 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group
"gnus-group" "\
11387 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11388 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11389 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11391 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil
)
11393 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame
"gnus-group" "\
11394 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11396 \(fn GROUP)" t nil
)
11400 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11401 ;;;;;; (18785 31960))
11402 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11404 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill
'gnus-batch-score
)
11406 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score
"gnus-kill" "\
11407 Run batched scoring.
11408 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11414 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11415 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11416 ;;;;;; (18785 31960))
11417 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11419 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode
"gnus-ml" "\
11424 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
"gnus-ml" "\
11425 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11426 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11428 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
11430 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode
"gnus-ml" "\
11431 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11433 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11435 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11439 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11440 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11441 ;;;;;; (18785 31961))
11442 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11444 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11445 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
11446 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11447 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11450 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11451 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11452 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
11453 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
11455 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11456 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
11457 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11458 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11459 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
11460 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11461 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11462 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11463 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11464 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11466 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil
)
11468 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11469 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11470 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11473 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
11474 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
11476 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil
)
11478 (autoload 'gnus-group-split
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11479 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11480 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11482 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
11486 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11487 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11488 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11490 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11492 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11493 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11494 existing groups are considered.
11496 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11497 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11500 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11501 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11502 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11503 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11504 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11505 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11506 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11507 clauses will be generated.
11509 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11510 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11511 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11512 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11513 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11514 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11516 For example, given the following group parameters:
11519 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11520 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11522 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11523 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11524 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11525 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11527 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11529 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11531 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11533 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11534 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11537 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil
)
11541 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
11542 ;;;;;; (18785 31961))
11543 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
11545 (autoload 'gnus-change-server
"gnus-move" "\
11546 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
11547 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
11549 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil
)
11553 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11554 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (19096 39548))
11555 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11557 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail
"gnus-msg" "\
11558 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11559 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11560 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11562 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil
)
11564 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto
"gnus-msg" "\
11567 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil
)
11569 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply
"gnus-msg" "\
11570 Like `message-reply'.
11572 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil
)
11574 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent
'gnus-msg-mail
'message-send-and-exit
'message-kill-buffer
'message-send-hook
)
11578 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
11579 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (18850 11987))
11580 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
11582 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups
"gnus-nocem" "\
11583 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
11587 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache
"gnus-nocem" "\
11588 Load the NoCeM cache.
11594 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11595 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11596 ;;;;;; (19101 57521))
11597 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11599 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
11600 Display picons in the From header.
11601 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11605 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
11606 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11607 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11611 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
11612 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11613 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11619 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11620 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11621 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11622 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11623 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (18785 31962))
11624 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11626 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference
"gnus-range" "\
11627 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11628 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11629 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
11631 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11633 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference
"gnus-range" "\
11634 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11635 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11638 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11640 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement
"gnus-range" "\
11641 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
11642 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11644 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11646 (autoload 'gnus-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
11649 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11651 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
11652 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
11653 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11655 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11657 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
11658 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
11659 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
11661 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil
)
11663 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection
'gnus-sorted-nintersection
)
11665 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection
"gnus-range" "\
11666 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11667 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11669 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11671 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union
"gnus-range" "\
11672 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
11673 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11675 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11677 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion
"gnus-range" "\
11678 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11679 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11681 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11683 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list
"gnus-range" "\
11684 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
11686 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil
)
11690 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
11691 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (18785 31963))
11692 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
11694 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize
"gnus-registry" "\
11695 Initialize the Gnus registry.
11699 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks
"gnus-registry" "\
11700 Install the registry hooks.
11706 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
11707 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (18785
11709 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
11711 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update
"gnus-sieve" "\
11712 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11713 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11714 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
11715 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
11716 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11720 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate
"gnus-sieve" "\
11721 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11722 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11723 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
11724 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11728 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule
"gnus-sieve" "\
11735 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
11736 ;;;;;; (18785 31964))
11737 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
11739 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup
"gnus-soup" "\
11740 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
11741 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
11742 for matching on group names.
11744 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
11745 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
11747 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
11749 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
11755 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
11756 ;;;;;; (19037 18764))
11757 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
11759 (autoload 'gnus-update-format
"gnus-spec" "\
11760 Update the format specification near point.
11766 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
11767 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (18790
11769 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
11771 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend
"gnus-start" "\
11772 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
11774 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil
)
11776 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
"gnus-start" "\
11783 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
11784 ;;;;;; (18785 31966))
11785 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
11787 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration
"gnus-win" "\
11788 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
11790 \(fn CONF)" nil nil
)
11794 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (19086 20333))
11795 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
11797 (autoload 'gomoku
"gomoku" "\
11798 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
11800 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
11801 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
11802 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
11804 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
11805 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
11806 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
11808 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
11809 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
11811 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
11812 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
11814 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
11816 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil
)
11820 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
11821 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (18798
11823 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
11825 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse
'goto-address-at-point
"22.1")
11827 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point
"goto-addr" "\
11828 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
11829 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
11830 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11831 there, then load the URL at or before point.
11833 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil
)
11835 (autoload 'goto-address
"goto-addr" "\
11836 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
11837 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
11839 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
11840 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
11842 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
11843 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
11846 (put 'goto-address
'safe-local-eval-function t
)
11848 (autoload 'goto-address-mode
"goto-addr" "\
11849 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
11851 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11853 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode
"goto-addr" "\
11854 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
11856 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11860 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
11861 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
11862 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (19130 52560))
11863 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
11865 (defvar grep-window-height nil
"\
11866 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
11868 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height
"grep" t
)
11870 (defvar grep-command nil
"\
11871 The default grep command for \\[grep].
11872 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
11873 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
11874 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
11876 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11877 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11878 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11880 (custom-autoload 'grep-command
"grep" nil
)
11882 (defvar grep-find-command nil
"\
11883 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
11884 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11885 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11886 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11888 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command
"grep" nil
)
11890 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil
"\
11891 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
11893 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook
"grep" t
)
11895 (defvar grep-regexp-alist
'(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil
(setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil
) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil
(- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil
1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil
0 1)) "\
11896 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
11898 (defvar grep-program
"grep" "\
11899 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
11900 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11902 (defvar find-program
"find" "\
11903 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
11904 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11906 (defvar xargs-program
"xargs" "\
11907 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
11908 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
11909 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11911 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil
"\
11912 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
11913 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
11914 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
11915 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
11917 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11919 (defvar grep-history nil
)
11921 (defvar grep-find-history nil
)
11923 (autoload 'grep-process-setup
"grep" "\
11924 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
11925 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
11929 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults
"grep" "\
11934 (autoload 'grep-mode
"grep" "\
11935 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
11939 (autoload 'grep
"grep" "\
11940 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11941 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
11942 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
11945 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
11946 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
11948 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
11949 can easily repeat a grep command.
11951 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
11952 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
11953 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
11956 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil
)
11958 (autoload 'grep-find
"grep" "\
11959 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
11960 Collect output in a buffer.
11961 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
11962 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
11964 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
11965 easily repeat a find command.
11967 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil
)
11969 (defalias 'find-grep
'grep-find
)
11971 (autoload 'lgrep
"grep" "\
11972 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
11973 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11974 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
11975 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11977 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
11978 before it is executed.
11979 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
11981 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
11982 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
11983 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
11985 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
11987 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil
)
11989 (autoload 'rgrep
"grep" "\
11990 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
11991 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11992 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
11993 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11995 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
11996 before it is executed.
11997 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
11999 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12000 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12001 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12003 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12005 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil
)
12009 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (18792 40856))
12010 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12012 (autoload 'gs-load-image
"gs" "\
12013 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12014 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12015 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12016 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12018 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil
)
12022 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12023 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (19125 49250))
12024 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12026 (autoload 'gud-gdb
"gud" "\
12027 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12028 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12029 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12031 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12033 (autoload 'sdb
"gud" "\
12034 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12035 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12036 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12038 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12040 (autoload 'dbx
"gud" "\
12041 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12042 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12043 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12045 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12047 (autoload 'xdb
"gud" "\
12048 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12049 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12050 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12052 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12053 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12055 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12057 (autoload 'perldb
"gud" "\
12058 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12059 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12060 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12062 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12064 (autoload 'pdb
"gud" "\
12065 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12066 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12067 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12069 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12071 (autoload 'jdb
"gud" "\
12072 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12073 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12074 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12075 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12077 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12078 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12079 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12080 original source file access method.
12082 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12083 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12085 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12086 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps
"\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12088 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist
'("/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode
))
12090 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode
"gud" "\
12091 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12095 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil
"\
12096 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12097 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12098 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12099 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12100 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12102 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode
"gud" nil
)
12104 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode
"gud" "\
12105 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12107 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12111 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (19104
12113 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12115 (autoload 'handwrite
"handwrite" "\
12116 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12117 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12118 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12120 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12121 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12122 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12123 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12129 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12130 ;;;;;; (19104 47736))
12131 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12133 (autoload 'hanoi
"hanoi" "\
12134 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12136 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil
)
12138 (autoload 'hanoi-unix
"hanoi" "\
12139 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12140 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12141 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12143 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12147 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64
"hanoi" "\
12148 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12149 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12150 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12157 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12158 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12159 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (18785 31992))
12160 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12162 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment
"hashcash" "\
12163 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12167 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async
"hashcash" "\
12168 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12169 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12173 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment
"hashcash" "\
12174 Verify a hashcash payment
12176 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil
)
12178 (autoload 'mail-add-payment
"hashcash" "\
12179 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12180 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12181 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12182 `mail-add-payment-async').
12184 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil
)
12186 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async
"hashcash" "\
12187 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12188 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12189 Calculation is asynchronous.
12191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12193 (autoload 'mail-check-payment
"hashcash" "\
12194 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12195 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12201 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12202 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12203 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12204 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (18917 1581))
12205 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12207 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string
"help-at-pt" "\
12208 Return the help-echo string at point.
12209 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12210 property, or nil, is returned.
12211 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12212 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12213 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12215 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil
)
12217 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string
"help-at-pt" "\
12218 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12219 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12220 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12221 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12225 (autoload 'display-local-help
"help-at-pt" "\
12226 Display local help in the echo area.
12227 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12228 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12229 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12232 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12233 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12234 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12238 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer
"help-at-pt" "\
12239 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12240 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12244 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer
"help-at-pt" "\
12245 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12246 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12250 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle
'never
"\
12251 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12252 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12253 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12254 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12255 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12256 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12257 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12258 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12259 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12260 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12262 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12263 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12264 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12265 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12266 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12268 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12269 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12270 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12271 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12272 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12273 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12274 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12275 The default is `never'.")
12277 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle
"help-at-pt" nil
)
12279 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region
"help-at-pt" "\
12280 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12281 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12282 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12283 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12284 considered different regions.
12286 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12287 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12288 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12289 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12290 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12291 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12292 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12293 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12294 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12296 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil
)
12298 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region
"help-at-pt" "\
12299 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12300 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12301 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12304 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12305 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12306 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12307 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12308 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12309 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12310 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12311 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12313 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12314 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12315 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12316 rarely happens in practice.
12318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12320 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region
"help-at-pt" "\
12321 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12322 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12323 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12324 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12325 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12327 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12331 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12332 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 find-lisp-object-file-name
12333 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12334 ;;;;;; (19146 53664))
12335 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12337 (autoload 'describe-function
"help-fns" "\
12338 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12340 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
12342 (autoload 'help-C-file-name
"help-fns" "\
12343 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12344 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12346 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil
)
12348 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name
"help-fns" "\
12349 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12350 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12351 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12352 If TYPE is `variable', search for a variable definition.
12353 If TYPE is `face', search for a face definition.
12354 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12355 search for a function definition.
12357 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12358 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12359 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12360 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12361 suitable file is found, return nil.
12363 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil
)
12365 (autoload 'describe-function-1
"help-fns" "\
12368 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil
)
12370 (autoload 'variable-at-point
"help-fns" "\
12371 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12372 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12373 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12375 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
12377 (autoload 'describe-variable
"help-fns" "\
12378 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12379 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12380 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12381 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12382 it is displayed along with the global value.
12384 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil
)
12386 (autoload 'describe-syntax
"help-fns" "\
12387 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12388 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12389 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12391 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
12393 (autoload 'describe-categories
"help-fns" "\
12394 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12395 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12396 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12397 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12399 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
12403 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12404 ;;;;;; (19137 28300))
12405 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12407 (defvar three-step-help nil
"\
12408 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12409 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12410 window listing and describing the options.
12411 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12412 gives the window that lists the options.")
12414 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help
"help-macro" t
)
12418 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12419 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12420 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (19113
12422 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12424 (autoload 'help-mode
"help-mode" "\
12425 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12426 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12432 (autoload 'help-mode-setup
"help-mode" "\
12437 (autoload 'help-mode-finish
"help-mode" "\
12442 (autoload 'help-setup-xref
"help-mode" "\
12443 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12445 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12446 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12447 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12448 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12450 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12451 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12452 restore it properly when going back.
12454 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil
)
12456 (autoload 'help-buffer
"help-mode" "\
12457 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
12458 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
12460 Otherwise, it is *Help*; if no buffer with that name currently
12461 exists, it is created.
12465 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs
"help-mode" "\
12466 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12468 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12469 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12470 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12471 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12472 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12473 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12474 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12475 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12477 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12478 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12479 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12480 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12482 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12483 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12486 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
12488 (autoload 'help-xref-button
"help-mode" "\
12489 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12490 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12491 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12492 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12493 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12495 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
12497 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button
"help-mode" "\
12498 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12499 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12500 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12501 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12503 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
12505 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp
"help-mode" "\
12506 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12508 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil
)
12512 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12513 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (18785 31903))
12514 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12516 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings
"helper" "\
12517 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12521 (autoload 'Helper-help
"helper" "\
12522 Provide help for current mode.
12528 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12529 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (19146 53664))
12530 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12532 (autoload 'hexl-mode
"hexl" "\
12533 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12534 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12535 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12536 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12538 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12539 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12541 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12542 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12543 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12544 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12546 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12547 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12550 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12555 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12556 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12557 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12558 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12559 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12560 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12561 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12562 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12563 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12564 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12565 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12566 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12567 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12568 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12569 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12571 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
12572 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12573 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12575 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12578 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12580 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12581 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12582 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12584 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12585 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12586 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12588 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12589 into the buffer at the current point.
12591 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12592 into the buffer at the current point.
12594 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12595 into the buffer at the current point.
12597 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12599 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12600 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12602 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12604 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12608 (autoload 'hexl-find-file
"hexl" "\
12609 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
12610 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
12611 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
12613 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
12615 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer
"hexl" "\
12616 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12617 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12623 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12624 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12625 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
12626 ;;;;;; (19146 53664))
12627 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12629 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" "\
12630 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12632 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12633 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
12634 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
12635 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
12636 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
12637 called interactively, are:
12639 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12640 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12642 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12643 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12644 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12645 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12647 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12648 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12650 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12651 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12653 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12654 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
12655 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12656 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12657 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12658 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
12659 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
12660 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
12661 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
12662 function returns t.
12664 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12665 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12667 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
12668 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
12671 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
12672 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
12673 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
12674 Patterns will be read until
12676 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12680 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil
"\
12681 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
12682 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12683 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12684 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12685 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
12687 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" nil
)
12689 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" "\
12690 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
12691 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12692 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
12693 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
12695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12697 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp
'hi-lock-line-face-buffer
)
12699 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
12700 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
12702 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12703 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12704 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12705 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12706 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12708 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
12710 (defalias 'highlight-regexp
'hi-lock-face-buffer
)
12712 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
12713 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
12715 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12716 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12717 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12718 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12719 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12721 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
12723 (defalias 'highlight-phrase
'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer
)
12725 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
12726 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
12728 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
12729 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
12731 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
12733 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp
'hi-lock-unface-buffer
)
12735 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
12736 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
12738 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
12739 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
12740 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
12741 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
12742 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12744 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil
)
12746 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns
"hi-lock" "\
12747 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
12749 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
12750 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
12751 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
12757 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
12758 ;;;;;; (18793 12083))
12759 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
12761 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode
"hideif" "\
12762 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
12763 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12764 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
12765 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
12766 how the hiding is done:
12769 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
12770 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
12773 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
12774 An association list of defined symbol lists.
12775 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12776 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12777 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
12780 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
12781 #endif lines when hiding.
12783 `hide-ifdef-initially'
12784 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
12787 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
12788 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
12789 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
12791 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
12793 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12797 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
12798 ;;;;;; (19137 33009))
12799 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
12801 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist
'((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (c++-mode
"{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil
)) "\
12802 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
12803 Each element has the form
12804 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
12806 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
12807 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
12809 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
12810 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
12812 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
12813 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
12814 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
12815 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
12816 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
12817 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
12819 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
12820 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
12822 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
12823 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
12825 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
12826 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
12827 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
12829 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode
"hideshow" "\
12830 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
12831 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
12832 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
12833 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
12835 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
12836 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
12837 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
12839 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
12840 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
12842 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
12845 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
12847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12849 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow
"hideshow" "\
12850 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
12856 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
12857 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
12858 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
12859 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
12860 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (19100
12862 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
12864 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
12865 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
12867 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
12869 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
12870 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
12871 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
12874 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
12875 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
12876 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
12877 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
12878 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
12879 through various faces.
12880 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
12881 buffer with the contents of a file
12882 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
12884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12886 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
12887 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
12889 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
12890 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
12891 in a distinctive face.
12893 The default value can be customized with variable
12894 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
12896 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
12898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12900 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight
"hilit-chg" "\
12901 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
12902 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
12904 \(fn BEG END)" t nil
)
12906 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change
"hilit-chg" "\
12907 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12911 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change
"hilit-chg" "\
12912 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12916 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces
"hilit-chg" "\
12917 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
12919 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
12920 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
12921 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
12922 shown in the last face in the list.
12924 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
12925 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
12926 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
12928 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
12932 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers
"hilit-chg" "\
12933 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
12935 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
12937 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
12940 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
12941 written to a temporary file for comparison.
12943 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12944 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12945 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12947 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil
)
12949 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file
"hilit-chg" "\
12950 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
12952 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
12953 this function is called interactively.
12955 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
12956 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
12957 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
12959 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12960 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12961 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12963 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil
)
12965 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil
"\
12966 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
12967 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12968 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12969 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12970 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
12972 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" nil
)
12974 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
12975 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
12976 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12977 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
12978 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
12980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12984 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
12985 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
12986 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
12987 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
12988 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (19088 27216))
12989 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
12991 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list
'(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol
) "\
12992 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
12993 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
12994 or insert functions in this list.")
12996 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list
"hippie-exp" t
)
12998 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t
"\
12999 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13001 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose
"hippie-exp" t
)
13003 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil
"\
13004 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13006 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
"hippie-exp" t
)
13008 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t
"\
13009 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13011 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol
"hippie-exp" t
)
13013 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t
"\
13014 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13016 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction
"hippie-exp" t
)
13018 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil
"\
13019 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13020 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13022 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers
"hippie-exp" t
)
13024 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers
'("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode
) "\
13025 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13026 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13029 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers
"hippie-exp" t
)
13031 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil
"\
13032 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13033 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13034 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13035 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13037 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers
"hippie-exp" t
)
13039 (autoload 'hippie-expand
"hippie-exp" "\
13040 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13041 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13042 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13043 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13045 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13046 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13047 undoes the expansion.
13051 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function
"hippie-exp" "\
13052 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13053 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13054 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13056 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil
(quote macro
))
13060 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13061 ;;;;;; (18785 31799))
13062 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13064 (autoload 'hl-line-mode
"hl-line" "\
13065 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13066 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13068 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13069 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13070 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13071 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13072 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13074 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13075 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13076 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13077 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13081 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil
"\
13082 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13083 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13084 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13085 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13086 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13088 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode
"hl-line" nil
)
13090 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode
"hl-line" "\
13091 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13092 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13094 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13095 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13101 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13102 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13103 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13104 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13105 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (18900 23664))
13106 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13108 (defvar holiday-general-holidays
'((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -
1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "\
13109 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13110 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13112 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13114 (put 'holiday-general-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13116 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays
'holiday-general-holidays
"23.1")
13118 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays
'((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice)))) "\
13120 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13122 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13124 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13126 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays
'holiday-oriental-holidays
"23.1")
13128 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil
"\
13130 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13132 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13134 (put 'holiday-local-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13136 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays
'holiday-local-holidays
"23.1")
13138 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil
"\
13139 User defined holidays.
13140 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13142 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13144 (put 'holiday-other-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13146 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays
'holiday-other-holidays
"23.1")
13148 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1
'((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) year
) (calendar-increment-month m y -
1) (setq year
(calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
1 y
))))) (if (zerop (%
(1+ year
) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))) "\
13149 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13151 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1
'risky-local-variable t
)
13153 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2
'((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month
28 displayed-year
)))))) (if (= 6 (%
(calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year
)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))) "\
13154 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13156 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2
'risky-local-variable t
)
13158 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3
'((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y
1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
(calendar-last-day-of-month m y
) y
)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (%
(calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year
)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year
))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year
)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s
))) day
) "Shabbat Shirah"))) "\
13159 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13161 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3
'risky-local-variable t
)
13163 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4
'((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(let* ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -
1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
1 y
))))))) (= 21 (% year
28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av))) "\
13164 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13166 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4
'risky-local-variable t
)
13168 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays
'((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc)))) "\
13170 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13172 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13174 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13176 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays
'holiday-hebrew-holidays
"23.1")
13178 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays
'((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")))) "\
13179 Christian holidays.
13180 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13182 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13184 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13186 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays
'holiday-christian-holidays
"23.1")
13188 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays
'((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
13190 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13192 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13194 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13196 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays
'holiday-islamic-holidays
"23.1")
13198 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays
'((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
13200 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13202 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13204 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13206 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays
'holiday-bahai-holidays
"23.1")
13208 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays
'((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts
(format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time
(float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name
))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends
(format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time
(float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name
)))) "\
13209 Sun-related holidays.
13210 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13212 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13214 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13216 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays
'holiday-solar-holidays
"23.1")
13218 (put 'calendar-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13220 (autoload 'holidays
"holidays" "\
13221 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13222 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13223 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13227 (autoload 'list-holidays
"holidays" "\
13228 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13229 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13230 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13231 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13233 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13234 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13236 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13237 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13239 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13240 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13241 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13242 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13245 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13247 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil
)
13249 (defalias 'holiday-list
'list-holidays
)
13253 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (18785
13255 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13257 (autoload 'html2text
"html2text" "\
13258 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13264 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13265 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (18785
13267 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13269 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column
"ibuf-macs" "\
13270 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13272 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13273 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13274 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13276 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13277 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13278 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13279 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13280 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13281 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13283 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13284 title of the column.
13286 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13287 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13288 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13289 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13290 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13292 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13294 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter
"ibuf-macs" "\
13295 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13296 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13297 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13298 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13300 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13301 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13302 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13304 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13306 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op
"ibuf-macs" "\
13307 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13308 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13309 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13310 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13311 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13313 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13314 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13315 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13316 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13317 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13318 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13319 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13320 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13322 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13323 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13324 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13325 buffer's modification flag.
13326 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13327 prompted before performing this operation.
13328 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13329 operation is complete, in the form:
13330 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13331 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13332 confirmation message, in the form:
13333 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13334 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13335 macro for exactly what it does.
13337 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13339 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter
"ibuf-macs" "\
13340 Define a filter named NAME.
13341 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13342 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13343 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13345 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13346 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13347 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13348 bound to the current value of the filter.
13350 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13354 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13355 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (19141 18854))
13356 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13358 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers
"ibuffer" "\
13359 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13360 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13361 buffers which are visiting a file.
13363 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil
)
13365 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window
"ibuffer" "\
13366 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13367 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13368 buffers which are visiting a file.
13370 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil
)
13372 (autoload 'ibuffer
"ibuffer" "\
13373 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13374 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13376 All arguments are optional.
13377 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13378 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13379 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13380 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13381 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13382 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13383 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13384 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13385 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13386 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13387 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13388 that value locally in this buffer.
13390 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil
)
13394 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13395 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13396 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (19086 47289))
13397 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13399 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file
"icalendar" "\
13400 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13401 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13402 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13404 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil
)
13406 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region
"icalendar" "\
13407 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13408 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13409 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13411 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13412 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13413 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13415 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil
)
13417 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file
"icalendar" "\
13418 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13419 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13420 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13421 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13422 non-marking or not.
13424 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil
)
13426 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer
"icalendar" "\
13427 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13429 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13430 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13433 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13434 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13435 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
13437 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
13440 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
13441 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
13442 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13444 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil
)
13448 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (18785
13450 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
13452 (defvar icomplete-mode nil
"\
13453 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
13454 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13455 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13456 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13457 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
13459 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode
"icomplete" nil
)
13461 (autoload 'icomplete-mode
"icomplete" "\
13462 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
13463 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
13464 otherwise turn it off.
13466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13470 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (18790 53119))
13471 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
13473 (autoload 'icon-mode
"icon" "\
13474 Major mode for editing Icon code.
13475 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
13476 Tab indents for Icon code.
13477 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13478 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13480 Variables controlling indentation style:
13481 icon-tab-always-indent
13482 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13483 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13485 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13486 inserted in Icon code.
13488 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13489 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13490 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13491 icon-continued-statement-offset
13492 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13493 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13494 icon-continued-brace-offset
13495 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13496 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13498 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13499 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13500 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13501 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13503 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13504 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13510 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13511 ;;;;;; (19130 52560))
13512 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13514 (autoload 'idlwave-shell
"idlw-shell" "\
13515 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13516 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13517 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13519 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13520 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13523 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13524 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13526 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13527 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
13528 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
13530 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
13532 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil
)
13536 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
13537 ;;;;;; (19130 52561))
13538 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
13540 (autoload 'idlwave-mode
"idlwave" "\
13541 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
13543 The main features of this mode are
13545 1. Indentation and Formatting
13546 --------------------------
13547 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
13548 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
13550 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
13551 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
13552 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
13553 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
13555 Comments are indented as follows:
13557 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
13558 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
13559 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
13561 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
13563 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
13564 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
13565 relative to the first will be retained. Use
13566 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
13567 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
13568 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
13570 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
13571 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
13572 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
13573 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
13577 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
13578 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
13579 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
13580 source file of a module. These commands know about system
13581 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
13582 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
13583 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
13584 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
13585 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
13586 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
13591 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
13592 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
13593 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
13594 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
13598 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
13599 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
13600 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
13601 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
13602 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
13605 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
13606 --------------------------------
13607 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
13608 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
13610 \\pr PROCEDURE template
13611 \\fu FUNCTION template
13612 \\c CASE statement template
13613 \\sw SWITCH statement template
13614 \\f FOR loop template
13615 \\r REPEAT Loop template
13616 \\w WHILE loop template
13617 \\i IF statement template
13618 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
13621 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
13622 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
13624 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
13625 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
13626 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
13627 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
13629 6. Automatic Case Conversion
13630 -------------------------
13631 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
13632 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
13634 7. Automatic END completion
13635 ------------------------
13636 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
13637 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
13641 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
13642 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
13644 9. Documentation and Customization
13645 -------------------------------
13646 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
13647 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
13648 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
13649 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
13650 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
13654 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
13655 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
13656 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
13658 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
13664 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
13665 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
13666 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
13667 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
13668 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
13669 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
13670 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
13671 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (19088
13673 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
13675 (defvar ido-mode nil
"\
13676 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
13677 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
13678 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
13680 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
13681 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
13682 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
13684 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13685 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
13687 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode
"ido" nil
)
13689 (autoload 'ido-mode
"ido" "\
13690 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
13691 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13692 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
13693 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
13694 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
13695 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
13696 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
13697 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13701 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer
"ido" "\
13702 Switch to another buffer.
13703 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
13704 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13707 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
13708 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
13709 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
13710 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
13711 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
13713 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
13714 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
13716 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
13717 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
13719 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13720 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13721 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13722 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
13723 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
13724 in a separate window.
13725 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
13726 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13727 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13728 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13729 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
13730 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
13731 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
13732 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
13733 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
13737 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window
"ido" "\
13738 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13739 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13740 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13744 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer
"ido" "\
13745 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13746 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13747 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13751 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer
"ido" "\
13753 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13754 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13758 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer
"ido" "\
13759 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
13760 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13761 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13765 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
"ido" "\
13766 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13767 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13768 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13772 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir
"ido" "\
13773 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
13777 (autoload 'ido-find-file
"ido" "\
13778 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
13779 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
13780 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
13781 visible in another frame.
13783 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
13784 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
13785 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
13786 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
13787 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
13788 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
13790 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
13791 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
13793 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
13794 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
13796 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13797 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13798 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13799 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
13800 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
13801 in a separate window.
13802 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
13803 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
13804 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
13805 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
13806 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
13807 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
13808 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
13809 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13810 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13811 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13812 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
13813 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
13814 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
13815 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
13816 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
13820 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window
"ido" "\
13821 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13822 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13823 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13827 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file
"ido" "\
13828 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13829 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13830 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13834 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only
"ido" "\
13835 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
13836 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13837 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13841 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
"ido" "\
13842 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
13843 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13844 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13848 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
"ido" "\
13849 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
13850 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13851 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13855 (autoload 'ido-display-file
"ido" "\
13856 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
13857 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13858 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13862 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame
"ido" "\
13863 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
13864 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13865 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13869 (autoload 'ido-write-file
"ido" "\
13870 Write current buffer to a file.
13871 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13872 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13876 (autoload 'ido-insert-file
"ido" "\
13877 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
13878 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13879 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13883 (autoload 'ido-dired
"ido" "\
13884 Call `dired' the ido way.
13885 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13886 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13890 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer
"ido" "\
13891 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13892 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13893 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13894 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13895 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
13897 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil
)
13899 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name
"ido" "\
13900 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
13901 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13902 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
13904 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil
)
13906 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name
"ido" "\
13907 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
13908 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13909 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
13911 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil
)
13913 (autoload 'ido-completing-read
"ido" "\
13914 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
13915 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
13916 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
13917 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
13918 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
13919 with `completing-read'.
13920 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
13921 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
13922 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
13923 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
13924 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
13925 with point positioned at the end.
13926 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
13927 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
13929 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil
)
13933 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (18785 31802))
13934 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
13935 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names
"*ielm*")
13937 (autoload 'ielm
"ielm" "\
13938 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
13939 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
13945 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
13946 ;;;;;; (18785 31802))
13947 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
13949 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode
"iimage" "\
13950 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
13954 (autoload 'iimage-mode
"iimage" "\
13955 Toggle inline image minor mode.
13957 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13961 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
13962 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
13963 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
13964 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
13965 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
13966 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
13967 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
13968 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (18785 31802))
13969 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
13971 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs
"image-dired" "\
13972 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
13976 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration
"image-dired" "\
13977 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
13979 Convenience command that:
13981 - Opens dired in folder DIR
13982 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
13983 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
13985 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
13986 image files in dired and type
13987 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
13989 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
13991 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
13992 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
13994 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13996 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs
"image-dired" "\
13997 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
13998 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
13999 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
14000 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
14003 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
14004 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
14005 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
14007 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
14008 instead of erasing it first.
14010 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
14011 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
14012 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
14013 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
14014 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
14015 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
14017 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil
)
14019 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
"image-dired" "\
14020 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
14021 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
14022 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
14027 (defalias 'image-dired
'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
)
14029 (defalias 'tumme
'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
)
14031 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files
"image-dired" "\
14032 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
14036 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag
"image-dired" "\
14037 Remove tag for selected file(s).
14038 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
14042 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer
"image-dired" "\
14043 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
14047 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
"image-dired" "\
14048 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
14049 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
14050 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
14054 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append
"image-dired" "\
14055 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14059 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb
"image-dired" "\
14060 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
14064 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external
"image-dired" "\
14065 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14069 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image
"image-dired" "\
14070 Display current image file.
14071 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14072 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14076 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files
"image-dired" "\
14077 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14081 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files
"image-dired" "\
14082 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14083 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14084 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14085 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
14086 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
14087 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
14091 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags
"image-dired" "\
14092 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
14093 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
14100 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14101 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14102 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (18785 31803))
14103 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14105 (defvar image-file-name-extensions
'("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg") "\
14106 A list of image-file filename extensions.
14107 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14108 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14110 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14111 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14112 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14113 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14115 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions
"image-file" nil
)
14117 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil
"\
14118 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14119 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14120 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14122 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14123 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14124 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14125 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14127 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps
"image-file" nil
)
14129 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp
"image-file" "\
14130 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14134 (autoload 'insert-image-file
"image-file" "\
14135 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14136 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14137 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14139 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil
)
14141 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil
"\
14142 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14143 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14144 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14145 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14146 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14148 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode
"image-file" nil
)
14150 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode
"image-file" "\
14151 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14152 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14153 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14155 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14156 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14157 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14163 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode
14164 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (19141 18854))
14165 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14166 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode
) auto-mode-alist
)
14167 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode
) auto-mode-alist
)
14168 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode
) auto-mode-alist
)
14169 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode
) auto-mode-alist
)
14170 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode
) auto-mode-alist
)
14171 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . c-mode
) auto-mode-alist
)
14172 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe
) auto-mode-alist
)
14173 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . xml-mode
) auto-mode-alist
)
14174 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . image-mode-maybe
) auto-mode-alist
)
14176 (autoload 'image-mode
"image-mode" "\
14177 Major mode for image files.
14178 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14179 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14183 (autoload 'image-minor-mode
"image-mode" "\
14184 Toggle Image minor mode.
14185 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14186 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
14188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14190 (autoload 'image-mode-maybe
"image-mode" "\
14191 Set major or minor mode for image files.
14192 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
14193 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
14194 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
14195 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
14197 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
14198 information on these modes.
14202 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump
"image-mode" "\
14205 \(fn BMK)" nil nil
)
14209 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14210 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (19092 42734))
14211 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14213 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil
"\
14214 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14216 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14218 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14219 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14222 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14224 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14225 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14226 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14228 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function
"imenu" t
)
14230 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil
"\
14231 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14233 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14234 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14235 pattern's structure.
14237 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14238 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14239 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14241 (put 'imenu-generic-expression
'risky-local-variable t
)
14243 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression
)
14245 (defvar imenu-create-index-function
'imenu-default-create-index-function
"\
14246 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
14248 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
14249 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
14250 called within a `save-excursion'.
14252 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
14254 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function
)
14256 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function
'beginning-of-defun
"\
14257 Function for finding the next index position.
14259 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14260 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14261 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14264 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14265 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14267 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function
)
14269 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil
"\
14270 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14272 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14273 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14274 It should return the name for that index item.")
14276 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function
)
14278 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil
"\
14279 Function to compare string with index item.
14281 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14282 non-nil if they match.
14284 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14285 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14286 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14287 arguments match\".")
14289 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function
)
14291 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function
'imenu-default-goto-function
"\
14292 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14293 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14295 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function
)
14296 (put 'imenu--index-alist
'risky-local-variable t
)
14298 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist
)
14300 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search
)
14302 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar
"imenu" "\
14303 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14304 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14305 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14309 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index
"imenu" "\
14310 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14312 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14316 (autoload 'imenu
"imenu" "\
14317 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14318 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14319 for more information.
14321 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil
)
14325 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14326 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14327 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (19090 31892))
14328 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14330 (autoload 'indian-compose-region
"ind-util" "\
14331 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14333 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
14335 (autoload 'indian-compose-string
"ind-util" "\
14338 \(fn STRING)" nil nil
)
14340 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion
"ind-util" "\
14343 \(fn LEN)" nil nil
)
14345 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
"ind-util" "\
14348 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil
)
14350 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region
"ind-util" "\
14351 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
14353 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
14357 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14358 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14359 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (19130 52561))
14360 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14362 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp
"\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
14363 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14364 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14365 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14366 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14368 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp
"inf-lisp" t
)
14370 (defvar inferior-lisp-program
"lisp" "\
14371 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14373 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program
"inf-lisp" t
)
14375 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command
"(load \"%s\")\n" "\
14376 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
14377 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
14378 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
14379 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
14380 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
14381 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
14382 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
14384 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command
"inf-lisp" t
)
14386 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt
"^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
14387 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
14388 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
14389 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
14390 Inferior Lisp buffer.
14392 This variable is only used if the variable
14393 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
14395 More precise choices:
14396 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
14397 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
14400 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
14402 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt
"inf-lisp" t
)
14404 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook
'nil
"\
14405 *Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
14407 (autoload 'inferior-lisp
"inf-lisp" "\
14408 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
14409 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
14411 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
14412 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
14413 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
14414 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
14417 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names
"*inferior-lisp*")
14419 (defalias 'run-lisp
'inferior-lisp
)
14423 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
14424 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-finder info-apropos
14425 ;;;;;; Info-index Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone
14426 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
14427 ;;;;;; (19146 53664))
14428 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
14430 (autoload 'info-other-window
"info" "\
14431 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
14433 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil
)
14434 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps
"\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
14435 (put 'info
'info-file
"emacs")
14437 (autoload 'info
"info" "\
14438 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
14439 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
14440 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
14441 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
14442 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
14443 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
14444 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
14445 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
14446 with the top-level Info directory.
14448 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
14449 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
14450 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
14451 appended to the Info buffer name.
14453 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
14454 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
14455 in all the directories in that path.
14457 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
14459 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil
)
14461 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual
"info" "\
14462 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
14466 (autoload 'info-standalone
"info" "\
14467 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
14468 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
14469 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
14473 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer
"info" "\
14474 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
14475 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
14476 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
14478 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil
)
14480 (autoload 'Info-directory
"info" "\
14481 Go to the Info directory node.
14485 (autoload 'Info-index
"info" "\
14486 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
14487 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
14488 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
14489 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
14490 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
14492 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil
)
14494 (autoload 'info-apropos
"info" "\
14495 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
14496 Build a menu of the possible matches.
14498 \(fn STRING)" t nil
)
14500 (autoload 'info-finder
"info" "\
14501 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
14505 (autoload 'Info-mode
"info" "\
14506 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
14507 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
14508 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
14509 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
14511 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
14512 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
14514 Selecting other nodes:
14515 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
14516 Follow a node reference you click on.
14517 This works with menu items, cross references, and
14518 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
14519 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
14520 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
14521 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
14522 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
14523 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
14524 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
14525 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
14526 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
14527 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
14528 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14529 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14530 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
14531 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
14532 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
14533 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
14534 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
14535 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
14536 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
14538 Moving within a node:
14539 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
14540 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
14541 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
14542 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
14543 move up to the parent node.
14544 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
14545 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
14547 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
14550 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
14551 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
14552 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
14553 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
14554 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
14555 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
14556 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
14557 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
14558 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
14559 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
14560 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
14561 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
14562 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
14563 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
14564 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
14567 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node
'info-file
"emacs")
14569 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node
"info" "\
14570 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
14571 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14572 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14573 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14574 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
14576 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
14577 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
'info-file
"emacs")
14579 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
"info" "\
14580 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
14582 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
14583 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14584 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14585 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14589 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser
"info" "\
14590 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
14591 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
14595 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump
"info" "\
14596 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
14597 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
14599 \(fn BMK)" nil nil
)
14603 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
14604 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
14605 ;;;;;; (18785 31804))
14606 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
14608 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset
"info-look" "\
14609 Throw away all cached data.
14610 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
14611 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
14615 (put 'info-lookup-symbol
'info-file
"emacs")
14617 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol
"info-look" "\
14618 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
14619 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
14620 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
14621 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
14622 one found at point.
14624 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
14626 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil
)
14627 (put 'info-lookup-file
'info-file
"emacs")
14629 (autoload 'info-lookup-file
"info-look" "\
14630 Display the documentation of a file.
14631 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
14632 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
14633 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14634 The default file name is the one found at point.
14636 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
14638 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil
)
14640 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol
"info-look" "\
14641 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
14643 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
14645 (autoload 'info-complete-file
"info-look" "\
14646 Perform completion on file preceding point.
14648 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
14652 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
14653 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (18785 31805))
14654 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
14656 (autoload 'info-xref-check
"info-xref" "\
14657 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
14659 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
14661 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all
"info-xref" "\
14662 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
14663 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
14667 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom
"info-xref" "\
14668 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
14669 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
14671 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
14672 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
14679 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
14680 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (18785 31806))
14681 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
14683 (autoload 'Info-tagify
"informat" "\
14684 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
14686 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil
)
14688 (defvar Info-split-threshold
262144 "\
14689 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
14691 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold
"informat" t
)
14693 (autoload 'Info-split
"informat" "\
14694 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
14695 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
14696 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
14698 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
14699 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
14700 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
14702 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
14703 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
14704 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
14705 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
14709 (autoload 'Info-validate
"informat" "\
14710 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
14711 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
14715 (autoload 'batch-info-validate
"informat" "\
14716 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
14717 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
14718 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
14719 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
14725 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
14726 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
14727 ;;;;;; (18785 31981))
14728 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
14730 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method
"isearch-x" "\
14731 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
14735 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method
"isearch-x" "\
14736 Toggle input method in interactive search.
14740 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters
"isearch-x" "\
14743 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil
)
14747 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (18790
14749 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
14751 (autoload 'isearchb-activate
"isearchb" "\
14752 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
14753 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
14754 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
14755 accessed via isearchb.
14761 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
14762 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
14763 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
14764 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (18785 31981))
14765 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
14767 (autoload 'iso-spanish
"iso-cvt" "\
14768 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
14769 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14770 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
14771 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14773 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
14775 (autoload 'iso-german
"iso-cvt" "\
14776 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
14777 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
14778 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
14779 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14781 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
14783 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex
"iso-cvt" "\
14784 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
14785 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14786 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
14787 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14789 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
14791 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
14792 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14793 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14794 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
14795 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14797 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
14799 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
14800 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14801 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14802 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
14803 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14805 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
14807 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex
"iso-cvt" "\
14808 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
14809 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14810 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
14811 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14813 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
14815 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden
"iso-cvt" "\
14816 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
14817 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14818 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
14819 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14821 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
14823 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml
"iso-cvt" "\
14824 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
14825 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
14826 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14828 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
14830 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
14831 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14832 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
14833 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14835 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
14837 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only
"iso-cvt" "\
14838 Warn that format is read-only.
14840 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil
)
14842 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only
"iso-cvt" "\
14843 Warn that format is write-only.
14845 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil
)
14847 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu
"iso-cvt" "\
14848 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
14854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
14855 ;;;;;; (18785 31981))
14856 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
14857 (or key-translation-map
(setq key-translation-map
(make-sparse-keymap)))
14858 (define-key key-translation-map
"\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map
)
14859 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map
"iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t
'keymap
)
14863 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
14864 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
14865 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
14866 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
14867 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (19130 52562))
14868 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
14869 (put 'ispell-check-comments
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (a) (memq a
'(nil t exclusive
))))
14871 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil
"\
14872 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
14873 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
14874 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
14875 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
14877 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary
"ispell" t
)
14878 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary
'safe-local-variable
'string-or-null-p
)
14880 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil
"\
14881 Key map for ispell menu.")
14883 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil
"\
14884 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
14885 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
14886 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
14888 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed
(and (not ispell-menu-map
) (not (featurep 'xemacs
)) 'reload
))
14890 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (setq ispell-menu-map
(make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-change-dictionary
] '(menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary
:help
"Supply explicit dictionary file name")) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-kill-ispell
] '(menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell
:enable
(and (boundp 'ispell-process
) ispell-process
(eq (ispell-process-status) 'run
)) :help
"Terminate Ispell subprocess")) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-pdict-save
] '(menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil
(interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t
)) :help
"Save personal dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-customize
] '(menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil
(interactive) (customize-group 'ispell
)) :help
"Customize spell checking options")) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-help
] '(menu-item "Help" (lambda nil
(interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help
)) :help
"Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands")) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[flyspell-mode
] '(menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode
:help
"Check spelling while you edit the text" :button
(:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode
))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-complete-word
] '(menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word
:help
"Complete word at cursor using dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
] '(menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
:help
"Complete word fragment at cursor"))))
14892 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-continue
] '(menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue
:enable
(and (boundp 'ispell-region-end
) (marker-position ispell-region-end
) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end
) (current-buffer))) :help
"Continue spell checking last region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-word
] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word
:help
"Spell-check word at cursor")) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-comments-and-strings
] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings
:help
"Spell-check only comments and strings"))))
14894 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-region
] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region
:enable mark-active
:help
"Spell-check text in marked region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-message
] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message
:visible
(eq major-mode
'mail-mode
) :help
"Skip headers and included message text")) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-buffer
] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer
:help
"Check spelling of selected buffer")) (fset 'ispell-menu-map
(symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map
))))
14896 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist
'((ispell-words-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line
) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" .
"^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" .
"\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" .
"\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" .
"^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)")) "\
14897 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
14898 The alist key must be a regular expression.
14899 Valid forms include:
14900 (KEY) - just skip the key.
14901 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
14902 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
14903 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
14905 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists
'((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end
2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end
0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" .
"\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end
0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end
2) ("program" .
"\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" .
"\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}"))) "\
14906 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
14907 First list is used raw.
14908 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
14910 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
14911 for skipping in latex mode.")
14913 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists
'(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
14914 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
14915 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
14916 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
14917 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
14918 (put 'ispell-local-pdict
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
14919 (define-key esc-map
"$" 'ispell-word
)
14921 (autoload 'ispell-word
"ispell" "\
14922 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
14923 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
14924 in a window allowing you to choose one.
14926 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
14927 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
14928 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
14929 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
14930 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
14932 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
14933 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
14935 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
14936 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
14938 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
14939 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
14941 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
14942 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
14945 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
14946 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
14947 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
14948 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
14949 quit spell session exited.
14951 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil
)
14953 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save
"ispell" "\
14954 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
14955 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
14957 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil
)
14959 (autoload 'ispell-help
"ispell" "\
14960 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
14964 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
14965 SPC: Accept word this time.
14966 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
14967 `a': Accept word for this session.
14968 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
14969 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
14970 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
14971 `?': Show these commands.
14972 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
14973 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
14974 the aborted check to be completed later.
14975 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
14976 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
14977 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
14978 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
14979 `C-l': Redraw screen.
14980 `C-r': Recursive edit.
14981 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
14985 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell
"ispell" "\
14986 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
14987 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
14989 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil
)
14991 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary
"ispell" "\
14992 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
14993 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
14994 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
14996 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
14998 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15000 (autoload 'ispell-region
"ispell" "\
15001 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15002 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15003 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15005 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil
)
15007 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings
"ispell" "\
15008 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15012 (autoload 'ispell-buffer
"ispell" "\
15013 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15017 (autoload 'ispell-continue
"ispell" "\
15018 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15022 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word
"ispell" "\
15023 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15024 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15025 sequence inside of a word.
15027 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15029 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil
)
15031 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
"ispell" "\
15032 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15036 (autoload 'ispell
"ispell" "\
15037 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15038 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15039 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15041 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15042 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15043 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15044 available on the net.
15048 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode
"ispell" "\
15049 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15050 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
15051 otherwise turn it off.
15053 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15054 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15056 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15057 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15061 (autoload 'ispell-message
"ispell" "\
15062 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15063 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15064 Don't check included messages.
15066 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15067 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15068 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15070 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15071 in your .emacs file:
15072 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15073 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15074 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15075 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15077 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15078 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15079 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15085 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (19119
15087 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15089 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil
"\
15090 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15091 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15092 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15093 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15094 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15096 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode
"iswitchb" nil
)
15098 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode
"iswitchb" "\
15099 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15100 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
15101 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15102 `iswitchb' for details.
15104 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15108 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15109 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15110 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15111 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (19094 13305))
15112 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15114 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal
"japan-util" "\
15119 (autoload 'japanese-katakana
"japan-util" "\
15120 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15121 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15122 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15123 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15124 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15125 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15126 necessary to represent OBJ.
15128 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil
)
15130 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana
"japan-util" "\
15131 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15132 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15133 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15135 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil
)
15137 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku
"japan-util" "\
15138 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15139 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15140 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15141 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15143 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil
)
15145 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku
"japan-util" "\
15146 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15147 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15148 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15150 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil
)
15152 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region
"japan-util" "\
15153 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15154 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15155 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15157 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil
)
15159 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region
"japan-util" "\
15160 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15162 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
15164 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region
"japan-util" "\
15165 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15166 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15167 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15168 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15170 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil
)
15172 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region
"japan-util" "\
15173 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15174 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15175 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15176 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15178 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil
)
15180 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string
"japan-util" "\
15181 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15182 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15184 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil
)
15188 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15189 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (18785 31807))
15190 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15192 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil
"\
15193 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15194 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15195 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15197 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler
"jka-compr" "\
15200 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
15202 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall
"jka-compr" "\
15203 Uninstall jka-compr.
15204 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15205 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15206 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15212 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (19146 53668))
15213 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
15215 (autoload 'js-mode
"js" "\
15216 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
15226 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15227 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15228 ;;;;;; (18785 31916))
15229 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15231 (defvar keypad-setup nil
"\
15232 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15233 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15234 decimal key must be specified.")
15236 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup
"keypad" nil
)
15238 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil
"\
15239 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15240 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15241 decimal key must be specified.")
15243 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup
"keypad" nil
)
15245 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil
"\
15246 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15247 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15248 decimal key must be specified.")
15250 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup
"keypad" nil
)
15252 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil
"\
15253 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15254 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15255 decimal key must be specified.")
15257 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup
"keypad" nil
)
15259 (autoload 'keypad-setup
"keypad" "\
15260 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
15261 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15262 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15263 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15267 -------------------------------------------------------------
15268 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15269 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15270 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15271 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15272 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15273 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15274 in the global and local keymaps.
15276 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15277 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15279 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil
)
15283 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15284 ;;;;;; (18785 31981))
15285 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15287 (autoload 'kinsoku
"kinsoku" "\
15288 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15289 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15291 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15292 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15293 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15294 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15297 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
15298 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
15299 the context of text formatting.
15301 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil
)
15305 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (18785
15307 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15309 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil
"\
15310 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15311 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15312 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
15313 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
15314 positions that contains the current selection.")
15316 (autoload 'kkc-region
"kkc" "\
15317 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
15318 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
15319 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15320 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
15321 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
15322 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
15324 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
15328 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
15329 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
15330 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
15331 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (18790 54820))
15332 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
15333 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro
)
15334 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro
)
15335 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro
)
15336 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
15337 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
15338 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
15339 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
15341 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
15342 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
15344 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
15346 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
15347 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15348 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15349 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
15350 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
15352 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
15354 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
15355 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
15356 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
15358 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
15359 defining the macro.
15361 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
15362 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15363 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15365 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
15366 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
15370 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
15371 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
15372 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15373 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
15374 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
15377 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
15378 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
15379 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
15383 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15384 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15385 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
15387 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
15388 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
15389 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
15390 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
15392 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
15393 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15395 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
15397 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
15398 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15399 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15401 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
15404 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
15405 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
15407 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
15408 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
15409 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
15411 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15412 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15416 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15417 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
15418 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15419 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
15421 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15423 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15424 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
15425 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15426 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
15428 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
15429 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15431 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15433 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
15434 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
15435 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
15437 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
15441 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
15442 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (19017 29604))
15443 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
15445 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
15446 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
15447 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
15449 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
15456 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
15457 ;;;;;; (19104 47795))
15458 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
15460 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
15462 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
15463 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
15467 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
15469 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
15470 Start or resume an Lm game.
15471 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
15472 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
15474 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
15475 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15476 none / 1 | yes | no
15481 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
15482 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
15483 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
15489 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
15490 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
15491 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (18785 31988))
15492 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
15494 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
15497 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15499 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
15500 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
15501 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
15502 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
15503 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
15504 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
15506 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
15507 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
15509 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
15511 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
15512 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
15514 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15516 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
15519 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
15521 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
15524 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15528 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
15529 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
15530 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (18785 31981))
15531 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
15533 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8)) "\
15534 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
15535 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
15536 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
15538 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
15540 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15541 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
15542 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
15544 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
15546 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
15547 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
15548 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
15552 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15553 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
15554 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
15555 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
15557 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
15561 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
15562 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (18785 31982))
15563 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
15565 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
15566 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
15567 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
15568 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
15569 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
15570 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
15571 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
15572 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
15574 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
15575 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
15577 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15578 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15580 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
15582 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
15583 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
15584 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
15585 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
15586 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
15587 `latin1-display-setup'.
15589 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
15591 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
15592 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
15593 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
15594 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
15596 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15597 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15599 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
15603 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
15604 ;;;;;; (18785 32063))
15605 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
15607 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode))
15609 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode))
15611 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
15612 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
15618 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
15619 ;;;;;; (18785 31808))
15620 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
15622 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
15623 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
15625 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
15626 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
15628 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
15629 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
15631 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
15632 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
15633 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
15634 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
15635 for later transmission to Lisp job.
15636 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
15637 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
15638 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
15639 and transmit saved text.
15642 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
15643 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
15647 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
15654 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (18785 32030))
15655 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
15657 (autoload 'life "life" "\
15658 Run Conway's Life simulation.
15659 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
15660 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
15661 generations (this defaults to 1).
15663 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
15667 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
15668 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (19128 5383))
15669 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
15671 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
15672 Format used to display line numbers.
15673 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
15674 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
15675 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
15676 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
15678 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
15680 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
15681 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
15683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15685 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
15686 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
15687 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15688 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15689 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15690 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
15692 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
15694 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
15695 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
15696 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
15697 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where `linum-on' would do it.
15698 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
15700 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15704 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (18785
15706 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
15708 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
15709 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
15710 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
15711 is nil, raise an error.
15713 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
15714 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
15715 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
15716 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
15717 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
15718 defined by the library.
15720 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
15721 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
15722 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
15723 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
15724 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
15727 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
15728 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
15729 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
15730 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
15732 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
15736 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
15737 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (19113 50867))
15738 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
15740 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
15741 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
15742 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
15744 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
15746 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
15747 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
15748 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
15749 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
15751 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
15752 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
15753 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
15754 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
15755 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
15756 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
15759 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
15760 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
15762 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
15763 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
15765 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
15767 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
15769 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
15770 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
15771 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
15772 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
15773 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
15774 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
15775 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
15776 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
15777 to constrain a big search.
15779 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
15781 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
15782 except that FILTER is not optional.
15784 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
15788 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (19146 53664))
15789 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
15791 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
15792 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
15793 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
15794 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
15795 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
15796 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
15797 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
15798 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
15800 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
15801 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
15802 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
15803 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
15804 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
15806 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
15807 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
15808 uses the current buffer.
15810 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
15814 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (19146
15816 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
15818 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
15819 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
15825 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (18785
15827 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
15829 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
15830 Toggle Long Lines mode.
15831 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
15832 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
15833 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
15835 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
15836 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
15837 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
15839 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
15840 are indicated with a symbol.
15842 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15846 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
15847 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (19088
15849 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
15851 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)))
15853 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
15855 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
15856 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
15857 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
15859 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
15860 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
15862 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
15863 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
15864 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
15865 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
15866 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
15867 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
15868 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
15870 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
15872 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
15873 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
15874 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
15875 switch on this list.
15876 See `lpr-command'.")
15878 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
15880 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
15881 Name of program for printing a file.
15883 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
15884 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
15885 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
15886 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
15887 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
15888 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
15891 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
15893 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
15894 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
15895 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15896 for customization of the printer command.
15900 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
15901 Paginate and print buffer contents.
15903 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
15904 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
15905 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
15906 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
15908 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
15909 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
15911 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15912 for further customization of the printer command.
15916 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
15917 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
15918 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15919 for customization of the printer command.
15921 \(fn START END)" t nil)
15923 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
15924 Paginate and print the region contents.
15926 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
15927 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
15928 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
15929 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
15931 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
15932 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
15934 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15935 for further customization of the printer command.
15937 \(fn START END)" t nil)
15941 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
15942 ;;;;;; (19088 27216))
15943 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
15945 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
15946 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
15947 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
15949 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
15953 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (19088
15955 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
15957 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
15958 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
15959 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
15960 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
15962 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15964 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
15968 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (18785
15970 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
15972 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
15973 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
15980 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
15981 ;;;;;; (18785 31906))
15982 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
15984 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
15985 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
15986 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
15987 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
15988 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
15990 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
15994 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
15995 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (18785 31811))
15996 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
15998 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
15999 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16000 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16001 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16002 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16004 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16006 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16007 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16008 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16009 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16011 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16012 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16013 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16014 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16017 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16018 use this command, and then save the file.
16020 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16022 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
16023 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16024 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16025 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16026 each time the macro executes.
16027 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16028 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16029 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16030 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16031 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16032 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16033 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16037 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
16038 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16039 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16040 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16042 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16043 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16044 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16047 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16048 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16050 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16051 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16052 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16053 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16054 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16056 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16059 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16060 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16061 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16063 You could enter the names in this format:
16069 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16072 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16075 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16076 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16078 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16079 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16083 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16084 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (18785 31992))
16085 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16087 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
16088 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16089 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16090 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16091 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16092 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16094 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16095 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16096 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16097 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16098 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16100 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16101 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16102 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16105 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16107 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
16108 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16110 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16114 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16115 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16116 ;;;;;; (18785 31992))
16117 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16119 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
16120 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16124 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
16129 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16130 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16132 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
16134 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
16135 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16136 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16139 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16145 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16146 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
16147 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el"
16148 ;;;;;; (18843 36854))
16149 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16151 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16152 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16153 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16154 often correct parser.")
16156 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
16158 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
16159 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
16161 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16163 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16164 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16165 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16166 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16168 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16170 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16171 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16172 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16173 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16175 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
16177 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16178 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16179 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16180 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16182 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16184 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16185 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16186 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16187 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16188 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
16189 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16190 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16193 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16195 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
16196 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16197 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16198 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16199 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16200 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
16201 matches may be returned from the message body.
16203 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16207 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
16208 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (18872
16210 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16212 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
16213 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
16214 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16215 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16216 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16217 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
16219 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
16221 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
16222 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
16224 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16226 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
16227 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16231 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
16232 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16233 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16235 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16237 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
16238 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16239 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16241 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
16242 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
16243 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
16246 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16250 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16251 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (19094
16253 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16255 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
16256 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16257 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16259 If `parens', they look like:
16260 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16261 If `angles', they look like:
16262 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16264 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
16266 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
16267 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16268 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16269 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16270 their `Resent-' variants.
16272 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16273 removed from alias expansions.
16275 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16277 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
16278 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16279 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16281 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16282 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16283 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16284 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16286 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16288 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
16289 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16290 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16291 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
16297 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
16298 ;;;;;; (19045 17981))
16299 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
16301 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
16302 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
16303 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
16304 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
16310 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
16311 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
16312 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (19100 52261))
16313 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
16315 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
16316 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
16318 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
16319 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
16320 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
16321 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
16322 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
16323 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
16325 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
16326 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
16327 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
16328 dependency, despite the colon.
16330 \\{makefile-mode-map}
16332 In the browser, use the following keys:
16334 \\{makefile-browser-map}
16336 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
16338 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
16339 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
16341 `makefile-target-colon':
16342 The string that gets appended to all target names
16343 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
16344 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
16346 `makefile-macro-assign':
16347 The string that gets appended to all macro names
16348 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
16349 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
16350 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
16351 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
16352 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
16354 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
16355 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
16356 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
16358 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
16359 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
16361 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
16362 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
16363 up or down in the browser.
16365 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
16366 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
16368 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
16369 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
16371 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
16372 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
16373 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
16374 has been selected in the browser.
16376 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
16377 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
16378 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
16379 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
16380 filenames are omitted.
16382 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
16383 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
16384 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
16385 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
16386 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
16387 the backslash itself intact.
16388 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
16389 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
16391 `makefile-browser-hook':
16392 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
16393 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
16395 `makefile-special-targets-list':
16396 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
16397 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
16398 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
16402 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
16403 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
16407 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16408 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
16412 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
16413 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
16417 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16418 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
16422 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
16423 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
16429 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (18785
16431 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
16433 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
16434 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
16435 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
16441 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (19103 26692))
16442 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
16444 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
16446 (autoload 'man "man" "\
16447 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
16448 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
16449 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
16450 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
16451 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
16452 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
16454 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
16455 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
16456 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
16457 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
16459 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16461 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
16462 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
16464 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16468 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (18785 31812))
16469 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
16471 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
16472 Toggle Master mode.
16473 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
16474 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
16475 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
16477 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
16478 following commands:
16480 \\{master-mode-map}
16482 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
16483 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
16484 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
16486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16490 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
16491 ;;;;;; (18785 31812))
16492 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
16494 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
16495 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
16496 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16497 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16498 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16499 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
16501 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
16503 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
16504 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
16505 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
16506 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
16507 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
16509 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
16510 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
16512 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16516 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
16517 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
16518 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
16519 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
16520 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
16521 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
16522 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (19130 46641))
16523 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
16525 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
16527 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
16528 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
16529 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
16530 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
16531 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
16532 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
16533 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
16534 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
16535 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
16536 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
16537 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
16538 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
16539 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
16540 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
16541 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
16542 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
16543 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
16544 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
16545 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
16546 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
16547 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
16548 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
16549 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
16550 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
16551 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
16552 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
16553 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
16554 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
16555 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
16556 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
16557 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
16558 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
16559 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
16560 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
16561 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
16562 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
16563 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
16564 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
16568 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
16569 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
16570 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
16571 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
16572 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
16574 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
16576 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
16577 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16579 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16581 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
16582 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
16584 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
16586 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
16587 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
16589 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
16591 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
16592 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
16593 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
16595 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
16597 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
16598 Cancel an article you posted.
16599 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
16601 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16603 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
16604 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
16605 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
16606 header line with the old Message-ID.
16610 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
16611 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
16615 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
16616 Forward the current message via mail.
16617 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
16618 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
16620 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
16622 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
16625 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
16627 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
16630 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
16632 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
16633 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
16637 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
16638 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
16640 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
16642 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
16643 Re-mail the current message.
16644 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
16645 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
16650 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
16651 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
16653 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16655 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
16656 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
16658 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16660 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
16661 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16663 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16665 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
16666 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16668 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16670 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
16671 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
16672 Works by overstriking characters.
16673 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16674 which specify the range to operate on.
16676 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16678 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
16679 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
16680 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16681 which specify the range to operate on.
16683 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16687 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
16688 ;;;;;; (18785 32065))
16689 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
16691 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
16692 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
16696 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
16697 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16701 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
16702 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
16706 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
16707 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16713 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
16714 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
16715 ;;;;;; (18828 64032))
16716 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
16718 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
16719 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16720 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
16724 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
16725 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16726 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16727 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16728 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16729 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16730 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
16732 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16734 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
16735 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
16736 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16737 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16738 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16740 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16741 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16743 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16745 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
16746 Process current region through 'metamail'.
16747 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16748 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16749 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16751 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16752 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16754 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16758 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
16759 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
16760 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (19095 23359))
16761 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
16763 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
16764 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
16765 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16769 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
16770 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
16771 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16775 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
16776 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
16778 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
16779 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
16780 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
16782 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
16783 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
16785 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
16786 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
16788 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
16790 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
16792 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
16793 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
16794 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
16795 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
16796 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
16799 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
16800 initial Subject field, respectively.
16802 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
16803 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
16806 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
16809 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
16811 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
16812 Save draft and send message.
16814 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
16815 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
16816 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
16819 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
16820 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
16821 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
16823 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
16824 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
16825 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
16826 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
16827 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
16828 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
16830 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
16831 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
16833 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
16834 message and scan line.
16836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16838 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
16839 Quit editing and delete draft message.
16841 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
16842 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
16843 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
16844 delete the draft message.
16850 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (18995 56648))
16851 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
16853 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
16855 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
16857 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
16859 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
16860 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
16866 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
16867 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (19096 3518))
16868 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
16870 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
16871 Incorporate new mail with MH.
16872 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
16874 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
16875 the MH mail system.
16877 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16879 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
16880 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
16881 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
16883 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
16884 the MH mail system.
16886 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16888 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
16889 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
16891 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
16892 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
16893 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
16896 Options that control this mode can be changed with
16897 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
16898 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
16901 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
16905 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
16906 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
16907 can be used in several ways.
16909 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
16910 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
16911 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
16912 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
16916 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
16917 The range must be nonempty.
16922 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
16923 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
16930 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
16933 All of the messages.
16935 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
16936 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
16938 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
16939 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
16940 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
16942 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
16948 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
16949 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (18874 46954))
16950 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
16952 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
16953 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
16954 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
16955 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
16956 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
16957 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
16958 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
16959 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
16960 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
16961 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
16962 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
16966 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
16967 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
16968 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
16969 to its second argument TM.
16971 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
16975 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
16976 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (18785 31813))
16977 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
16979 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
16980 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
16981 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16982 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16983 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16984 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
16986 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
16988 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
16989 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
16990 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
16991 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
16992 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
16993 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
16994 default indication.
16996 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
16997 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
16999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17003 ;;;### (autoloads (butterfly) "misc" "misc.el" (18785 31814))
17004 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
17006 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
17007 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
17008 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
17009 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
17010 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
17011 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
17012 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
17013 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
17014 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
17020 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
17021 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
17022 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (18785 31814))
17023 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
17024 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
17026 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
17027 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
17029 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
17030 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
17031 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
17034 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
17035 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
17036 end of the search space).
17038 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
17039 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
17040 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
17041 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
17042 should return the previous buffer to search.
17044 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
17045 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
17046 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
17048 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
17049 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
17050 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
17053 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
17054 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
17055 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
17057 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
17058 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
17059 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
17063 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
17064 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17066 \(fn BUFFERS)" nil nil)
17068 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
17069 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17071 \(fn BUFFERS)" nil nil)
17073 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
17074 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
17076 \(fn FILES)" nil nil)
17078 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
17079 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
17081 \(fn FILES)" nil nil)
17085 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17086 ;;;;;; (19091 22286))
17087 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17089 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
17090 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17095 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
17099 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
17100 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (18785 31968))
17101 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17103 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
17104 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
17106 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
17108 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
17109 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17110 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17111 the entire message.
17112 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17114 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17118 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17119 ;;;;;; (18785 31968))
17120 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17122 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
17123 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17124 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17125 the entire message.
17126 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17128 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17132 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17133 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (18790 48672))
17134 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17136 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
17137 Insert file contents of URL.
17138 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17140 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17142 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
17143 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17145 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17149 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
17150 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (18785 31969))
17151 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17153 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
17154 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17155 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
17156 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
17157 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
17159 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
17161 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
17162 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
17163 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
17165 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
17169 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17170 ;;;;;; (19137 28302))
17171 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17173 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
17176 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17178 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
17181 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17185 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17186 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17187 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (19137 28302))
17188 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17190 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
17193 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17195 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
17198 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17200 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
17203 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17205 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
17208 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17210 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17213 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17215 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
17218 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17220 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17227 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
17228 ;;;;;; (18430 8160))
17229 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17231 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
17232 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17233 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17234 followed by the first character of the construct.
17236 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17237 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17238 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17239 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17240 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17241 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17242 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17243 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17244 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17245 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17246 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17247 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17248 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17251 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17252 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17253 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17259 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
17260 ;;;;;; (18785 32030))
17261 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
17263 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
17264 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
17266 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17268 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
17269 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17271 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17275 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
17276 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (18785 31815))
17277 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
17279 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
17280 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17282 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
17283 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
17284 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
17286 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17287 assume that the user didn't want to scdebugroll but wanted to whatever
17288 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17290 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
17291 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
17293 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
17294 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
17295 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
17296 hemisphere you're in.)
17298 To test this function, evaluate:
17299 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
17301 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17303 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
17304 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17306 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
17307 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
17309 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17310 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
17311 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17313 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
17314 middle button in Tk text widgets.
17316 To test this function, evaluate:
17317 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
17319 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17323 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (18785
17325 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
17327 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
17328 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
17329 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17330 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17331 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17332 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
17334 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
17336 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
17337 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
17338 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17339 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
17341 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
17343 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
17345 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
17347 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
17348 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
17349 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
17350 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
17351 Triple-clicking selects lines.
17352 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
17354 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
17355 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
17356 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
17357 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
17358 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
17360 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
17361 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
17363 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
17364 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
17366 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
17368 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
17369 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
17370 primary selection and region.
17372 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17376 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (19104 47795))
17377 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
17379 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
17380 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
17386 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18785 31816))
17387 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
17389 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
17390 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
17391 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17392 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17393 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17394 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
17396 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
17398 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
17400 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
17401 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
17402 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
17404 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17408 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
17409 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
17410 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
17411 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
17412 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
17413 ;;;;;; (19146 53667))
17414 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
17416 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
17417 Display a list of all character sets.
17419 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
17420 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
17421 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
17422 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
17423 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
17425 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17426 but still shows the full information.
17430 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
17431 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
17432 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
17434 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
17435 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
17436 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
17437 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
17438 meanings of these arguments.
17440 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
17442 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
17443 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
17445 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17447 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
17448 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
17450 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17452 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17453 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
17455 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
17457 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
17458 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
17460 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
17461 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
17463 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17464 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17465 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
17466 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
17467 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
17468 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
17469 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17470 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17471 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17472 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17473 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17474 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17475 `default-process-coding-system' for read
17476 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
17477 `default-process-coding-system' for write
17478 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
17482 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17483 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
17487 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
17488 Display a list of all coding systems.
17489 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
17491 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17492 but still contains full information about each coding system.
17494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17496 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
17497 Display a list of all coding categories.
17501 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
17502 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
17503 The font must be already used by Emacs.
17505 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
17507 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
17508 Display information about FONTSET.
17509 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
17511 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
17513 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
17514 Display a list of all fontsets.
17515 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
17516 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
17517 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
17521 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
17522 Display information about all input methods.
17526 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
17527 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
17529 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
17530 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
17531 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
17532 system which uses fontsets).
17536 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
17537 Show log of font listing and opening.
17538 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
17539 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
17541 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
17545 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
17546 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
17547 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
17548 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
17549 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
17550 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (18785 31982))
17551 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
17553 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
17554 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
17555 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
17557 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
17559 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
17561 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
17562 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
17564 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
17565 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
17567 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
17568 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
17570 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
17572 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
17573 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
17574 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
17575 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
17576 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
17577 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
17578 buffer; see also `char-width'.
17580 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
17581 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
17582 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
17583 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
17584 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
17585 middle of a character in STR.
17587 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
17588 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
17590 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
17591 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
17592 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
17593 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
17594 defaults to \"...\".
17596 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
17598 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
17599 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
17601 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
17602 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
17603 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
17605 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
17606 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
17607 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
17609 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17610 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
17611 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
17613 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
17614 longer than KEYSEQ.
17615 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
17617 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
17619 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17620 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
17621 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
17622 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
17623 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
17624 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
17625 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
17626 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
17627 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
17628 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
17629 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
17631 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
17633 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
17634 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
17636 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17638 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
17639 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
17641 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17643 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
17644 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
17646 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17648 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
17649 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
17651 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17653 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
17654 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
17655 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-priority'.
17656 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
17657 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
17659 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
17661 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
17662 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
17663 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
17664 coding systems ordered by priority.
17666 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
17668 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
17669 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
17670 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
17671 language environment LANG-ENV.
17673 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
17675 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
17676 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
17677 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
17678 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
17679 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
17680 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
17682 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
17686 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
17687 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
17688 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
17689 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (19130
17691 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
17693 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
17694 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
17698 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
17699 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
17703 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
17704 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
17708 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
17709 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
17713 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
17714 Run route and display diagnostic output.
17718 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
17719 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
17721 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
17723 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
17725 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
17726 `ping-program-options'.
17730 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
17731 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
17735 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
17736 Run nslookup program.
17740 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
17741 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
17745 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
17750 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
17755 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
17756 Finger USER on HOST.
17758 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
17760 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
17761 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
17762 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
17763 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
17765 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
17767 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
17772 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
17773 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
17775 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
17777 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
17778 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
17780 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
17784 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
17785 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
17786 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
17787 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
17788 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
17789 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (19146 53664))
17790 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
17792 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
17794 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
17796 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
17798 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
17800 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
17801 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
17802 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
17803 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
17804 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
17805 Major modes should set this variable.")
17807 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
17808 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
17809 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
17810 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
17811 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
17812 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
17814 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
17815 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
17817 (defvar comment-start nil "\
17818 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
17819 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
17821 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
17822 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
17823 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
17824 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
17825 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
17827 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
17828 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
17829 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
17831 (defvar comment-end "" "\
17832 *String to insert to end a new comment.
17833 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
17834 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
17836 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
17837 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
17838 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
17839 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
17840 column indentation or nil.
17841 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
17843 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
17844 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
17845 The function has no args.
17847 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
17848 comments always start in column zero.")
17850 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
17851 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
17852 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
17854 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
17856 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
17857 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
17858 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
17859 of the corresponding number of spaces.
17861 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
17862 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
17864 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
17866 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
17867 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
17868 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
17869 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
17870 customize this variable.
17872 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
17873 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
17875 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
17877 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
17878 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
17879 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
17880 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
17881 the variables are properly set.
17883 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
17885 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
17886 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
17890 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
17891 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
17892 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
17894 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
17896 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
17897 Set the comment column based on point.
17898 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
17899 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
17900 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
17901 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
17905 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
17906 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
17907 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
17911 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
17912 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
17913 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
17916 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17918 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
17919 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
17920 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
17921 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
17922 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
17924 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
17925 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
17926 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
17928 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
17929 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
17930 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
17931 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
17932 changed with `comment-style'.
17934 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17936 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
17937 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
17938 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
17939 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
17941 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17943 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
17944 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
17945 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
17946 is passed on to the respective function.
17948 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17950 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
17951 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
17952 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
17953 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
17954 case it calls `uncomment-region').
17955 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
17956 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
17957 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
17958 Else, call `comment-indent'.
17959 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
17963 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
17964 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
17965 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
17967 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
17969 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
17970 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
17971 This indents the body of the continued comment
17972 under the previous comment line.
17974 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
17975 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
17976 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
17978 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
17979 or comment indentation.
17981 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
17982 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
17984 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
17988 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
17989 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (19123 12729))
17990 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
17992 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
17993 Check whether newsticker is running.
17994 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
17995 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
17999 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
18000 Start the newsticker.
18001 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18002 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18003 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18004 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18006 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18010 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
18011 ;;;;;; (18785 32006))
18012 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
18014 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
18015 Start newsticker plainview.
18021 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
18022 ;;;;;; (18785 32006))
18023 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
18025 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
18026 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
18032 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
18033 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (18785 32006))
18034 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
18036 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
18037 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18038 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18039 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18044 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
18045 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18046 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18053 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
18054 ;;;;;; (19086 46698))
18055 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
18057 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
18058 Start newsticker treeview.
18064 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18065 ;;;;;; (19123 14669))
18066 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18068 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
18069 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18071 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18075 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (18785
18077 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18079 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
18080 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18081 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18082 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18083 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18084 symbol in the alist.
18086 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18090 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18091 ;;;;;; (18797 39294))
18092 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18094 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
18095 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18096 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18102 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18103 ;;;;;; (18785 31973))
18104 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
18106 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
18107 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
18108 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
18114 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18115 ;;;;;; (18785 31974))
18116 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18118 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
18119 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18121 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18125 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
18126 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (18785 31975))
18127 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
18129 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
18130 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
18134 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
18135 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
18139 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
18140 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
18146 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18147 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (18785 31817))
18148 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18150 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
18151 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18152 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18154 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
18156 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
18159 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
18161 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
18162 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18163 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18164 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18165 to future sessions.
18167 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18169 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
18170 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18171 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18172 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18173 to future sessions.
18175 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18179 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18180 ;;;;;; (18785 32086))
18181 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18183 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
18184 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18186 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18187 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18188 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18194 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
18195 ;;;;;; (18785 32010))
18196 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
18198 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
18199 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
18200 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
18201 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
18203 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
18207 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (19137
18209 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
18211 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
18212 Major mode for editing XML.
18214 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
18215 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
18216 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
18217 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
18218 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
18219 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
18220 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
18222 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
18224 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
18225 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
18227 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
18228 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
18229 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
18230 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
18233 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
18234 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
18235 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
18236 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
18237 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
18238 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
18240 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
18241 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
18242 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
18244 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
18245 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
18246 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
18248 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
18249 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
18250 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
18251 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
18252 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
18253 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
18254 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
18255 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
18256 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
18258 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
18260 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
18261 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
18265 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
18269 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
18270 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (18785 32012))
18271 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
18273 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
18274 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
18275 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
18276 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
18282 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
18283 ;;;;;; (18785 32066))
18284 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
18286 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
18287 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
18288 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
18290 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
18292 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
18293 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
18295 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
18296 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
18297 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
18299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18301 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
18305 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
18306 ;;;;;; (18790 53120))
18307 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
18309 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
18310 Major mode for editing Octave code.
18312 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
18313 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
18314 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc.. in different faces (with
18315 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
18317 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
18318 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
18319 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
18320 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
18321 is why you need this mode!).
18323 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
18324 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
18325 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
18327 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
18332 \\{octave-mode-map}
18334 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
18335 ==============================================
18337 `octave-auto-indent'
18338 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
18341 `octave-auto-newline'
18342 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
18345 `octave-blink-matching-block'
18346 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
18347 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
18349 `octave-block-offset'
18350 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
18353 `octave-continuation-offset'
18354 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
18357 `octave-continuation-string'
18358 String used for Octave continuation lines.
18359 Default is a backslash.
18361 `octave-send-echo-input'
18362 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
18363 command to the inferior Octave process.
18365 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
18366 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
18367 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
18369 `octave-send-echo-input'
18370 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
18372 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
18374 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
18375 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
18377 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
18379 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
18380 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
18382 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
18385 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
18387 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
18388 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
18389 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
18390 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
18396 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
18397 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-iswitchb
18398 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
18399 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
18400 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
18401 ;;;;;; org-mode) "org" "org/org.el" (19146 53667))
18402 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
18404 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
18405 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
18406 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
18408 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
18409 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
18410 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
18411 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
18412 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
18413 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
18414 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
18415 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
18416 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
18417 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
18419 The following commands are available:
18425 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
18427 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
18428 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
18429 With C-u prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
18430 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
18432 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18434 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
18435 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
18436 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
18437 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
18438 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
18441 M-up Move entry/item up
18442 M-down Move entry/item down
18445 M-S-up Move entry/item up
18446 M-S-down Move entry/item down
18447 M-S-left Promote subtree
18448 M-S-right Demote subtree
18449 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
18451 C-c - Cycle list bullet
18452 TAB Cycle item visibility
18453 M-RET Insert new heading/item
18454 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
18455 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
18457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18459 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
18460 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
18464 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
18465 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
18469 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
18470 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
18471 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
18472 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
18475 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
18477 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
18478 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
18479 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
18480 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
18482 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
18483 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
18484 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
18488 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
18489 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
18490 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
18494 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
18495 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
18496 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
18501 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
18502 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
18504 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
18506 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
18507 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
18509 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
18510 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
18511 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
18512 returned as a list.
18514 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
18515 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
18516 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
18517 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
18518 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
18519 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
18520 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
18521 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
18522 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
18525 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
18526 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
18527 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
18528 visited by the iteration.
18530 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
18532 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
18533 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
18534 file The current buffer, without restriction
18536 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
18537 agenda All agenda files
18538 agenda-with-archives
18539 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
18541 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
18543 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
18544 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
18546 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
18547 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
18548 function or Emacs Lisp form:
18549 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
18550 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
18551 entry and search will continue from the point where the
18552 function leaves it.
18554 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
18555 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
18556 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
18557 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
18558 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
18559 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
18560 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
18561 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
18563 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
18565 (autoload 'org-iswitchb "org" "\
18566 Use `org-icompleting-read' to prompt for an Org buffer to switch to.
18567 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
18568 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
18570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18572 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-iswitchb)
18574 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
18575 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
18576 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
18577 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
18581 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
18582 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
18584 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
18586 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
18587 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
18588 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
18592 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
18597 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
18598 Reload all org lisp files.
18599 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
18601 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
18603 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
18604 Call the customize function with org as argument.
18610 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
18611 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
18612 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
18613 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
18614 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (19141 18869))
18615 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
18617 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
18618 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
18619 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
18620 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
18622 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
18623 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
18624 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
18625 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
18626 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
18627 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
18628 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
18629 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
18630 e Export views to associated files.
18631 s Search entries for keywords.
18632 / Multi occur accros all agenda files and also files listed
18633 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
18634 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
18635 Press several times to get the desired effect.
18636 > Remove a previous restriction.
18637 # List \"stuck\" projects.
18638 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
18639 C Configure custom agenda commands.
18641 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
18642 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
18643 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
18645 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
18646 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
18647 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
18648 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
18651 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
18653 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
18654 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
18655 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
18656 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
18657 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
18658 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
18659 before running the agenda command.
18661 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18663 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
18664 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
18665 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
18666 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
18667 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
18668 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
18669 before running the agenda command.
18671 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
18672 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
18674 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
18676 category The category of the item
18677 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
18678 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
18679 todo selected in TODO match
18680 tagsmatch selected in tags match
18681 diary imported from diary
18682 deadline a deadline on given date
18683 scheduled scheduled on given date
18684 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
18685 closed entry was closed on given date
18686 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
18687 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
18688 block entry has date block including g. date
18689 todo The todo keyword, if any
18690 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
18691 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
18692 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
18693 extra Sting with extra planning info
18694 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
18695 priority-n The computed numerical priority
18696 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
18698 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18700 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
18703 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
18705 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
18706 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
18708 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18710 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
18711 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
18712 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
18713 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
18715 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
18716 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
18717 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
18720 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
18721 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
18722 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
18724 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
18725 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
18727 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
18729 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
18730 Show all entries that contain words or regular expressions.
18731 If the first character of the search string is an asterisks,
18732 search only the headlines.
18734 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
18735 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
18736 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
18737 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
18740 The search string is broken into \"words\" by splitting at whitespace.
18741 The individual words are then interpreted as a boolean expression with
18742 logical AND. Words prefixed with a minus must not occur in the entry.
18743 Words without a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry.
18744 Matching is case-insensitive and the words are enclosed by word delimiters.
18746 Words enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as regular expressions
18747 that must or must not match in the entry.
18749 If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
18750 If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
18751 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
18752 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
18754 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
18755 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
18757 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
18759 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
18760 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
18761 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
18762 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
18763 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
18764 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
18768 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
18769 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
18770 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
18772 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
18774 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
18775 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
18776 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
18777 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
18778 `org-stuck-projects'.
18779 MATCH is being ignored.
18781 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
18783 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
18784 Return diary information from org-files.
18785 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
18786 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
18787 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
18788 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
18790 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
18791 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
18792 also be listed, on the expiration day.
18794 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
18796 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
18797 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
18798 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
18799 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
18801 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
18802 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
18803 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
18805 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
18806 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
18807 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
18808 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
18810 The call in the diary file should look like this:
18812 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
18814 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
18815 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
18819 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
18820 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
18821 So the example above may also be written as
18823 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
18825 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
18826 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
18827 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
18829 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
18831 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
18832 Do we have a reason to ignore this todo entry because it has a time stamp?
18834 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
18836 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
18837 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
18838 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
18842 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
18843 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
18844 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
18847 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
18848 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
18850 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
18851 for filtering entries out.
18853 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
18854 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
18856 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
18857 (category \"Work\"))
18859 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
18860 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
18862 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
18866 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
18867 ;;;;;; (19141 18869))
18868 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
18870 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
18871 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
18872 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
18878 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
18879 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer)
18880 ;;;;;; "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (19141 18869))
18881 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
18883 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
18884 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
18885 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
18889 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
18890 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
18891 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
18892 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
18893 command to convert it.
18895 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18897 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
18898 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
18899 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
18900 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
18901 cut-and-paste operations.
18902 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
18903 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
18904 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
18905 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
18907 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
18909 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
18910 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
18912 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
18914 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
18915 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
18916 If there is an active region, export only the region.
18917 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
18918 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
18919 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
18920 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
18921 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
18922 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
18923 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
18924 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
18925 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
18926 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
18927 publishing directory.
18929 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
18933 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (19141
18935 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
18937 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
18938 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
18939 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
18945 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
18946 ;;;;;; (19141 18869))
18947 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
18949 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
18950 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
18956 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
18957 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (19146 53667))
18958 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
18960 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
18961 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
18962 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
18963 fontified, and then returned.
18965 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
18967 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
18968 Set up hooks for clock persistence
18974 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
18975 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
18976 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
18977 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (19141 18869))
18978 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
18980 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
18981 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
18982 This function can be used in batch processing.
18987 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
18988 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
18992 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
18993 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
18994 No file is created.
18998 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
18999 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
19000 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19001 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19002 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
19003 then use this command to convert it.
19005 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19007 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19008 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
19009 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
19010 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19011 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
19012 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
19013 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
19014 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
19015 could call this function in the following way:
19017 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
19019 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19020 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19022 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19024 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
19025 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
19027 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19029 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
19030 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
19034 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19035 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
19036 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
19037 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
19038 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
19039 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
19040 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
19041 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
19042 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
19043 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
19044 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
19045 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19046 publishing directory.
19048 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19052 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
19053 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
19054 ;;;;;; (19141 18869))
19055 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
19057 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
19058 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
19059 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
19060 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
19061 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19063 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
19064 ARG is a double universal prefix `C-u C-u', that means to inverse the
19065 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19067 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19069 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
19070 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
19071 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
19072 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also select the export command in
19073 the `C-c C-e' export dispatcher.
19074 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
19075 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
19076 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
19079 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
19081 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
19082 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
19083 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
19084 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
19085 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
19087 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
19088 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
19089 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
19090 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
19092 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
19093 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
19094 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
19096 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19097 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19098 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
19101 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19103 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
19104 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
19110 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
19111 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (19141
19113 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
19115 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
19116 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
19120 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
19121 Get inbox items from FEED.
19122 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
19123 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
19125 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
19127 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
19128 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
19132 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
19133 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
19139 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
19140 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (19141 18869))
19141 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
19143 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
19144 Do the right thing for footnotes.
19145 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition. When at a definition,
19146 jump to the refernces. When neither at definition or reference,
19147 create a new footnote, interactively.
19148 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
19150 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
19152 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
19153 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
19154 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
19155 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
19156 Org-mode exporters.
19157 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
19158 referenced sequence.
19160 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY FOR-PREPROCESSOR)" nil nil)
19164 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
19165 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
19166 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
19167 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (19141 18869))
19168 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
19170 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19172 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19174 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19176 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
19177 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
19178 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19179 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19180 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
19184 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
19185 Call `org-export-as-html', may be used in batch processing as
19187 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19188 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19189 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
19193 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
19194 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
19195 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
19199 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
19200 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
19201 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19202 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
19203 command to convert it.
19205 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19207 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
19208 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
19209 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19210 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19211 cut-and-paste operations.
19212 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19213 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19214 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19215 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19217 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
19219 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19220 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19222 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19224 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
19225 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
19226 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19227 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19228 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19229 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
19230 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19231 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19232 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19233 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19234 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19235 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19236 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
19237 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
19238 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19240 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19242 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
19243 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
19244 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
19245 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
19246 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
19247 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
19248 need into your CSS file.
19250 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
19251 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
19252 that uses these same face definitions.
19258 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19259 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
19260 ;;;;;; (19141 18869))
19261 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
19263 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
19264 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19265 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19266 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19270 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19271 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19272 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19273 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19277 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19278 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19279 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19285 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-find-id-file org-id-find org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling
19286 ;;;;;; org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion org-id-get org-id-copy
19287 ;;;;;; org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el" (19141 18869))
19288 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
19290 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
19291 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
19292 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
19293 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
19295 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19297 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
19298 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
19299 Create an ID if necessary.
19303 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
19304 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
19305 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
19306 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
19307 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
19308 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
19309 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
19311 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
19313 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
19314 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
19315 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
19316 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
19318 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
19320 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
19322 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
19323 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
19324 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
19325 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
19327 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
19329 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
19330 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
19331 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
19335 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
19336 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
19337 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
19338 if there is no entry with that ID.
19339 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
19341 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
19343 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
19344 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
19350 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
19351 ;;;;;; (19141 18869))
19352 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
19354 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
19355 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
19357 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' properties to all non-headlines.
19358 These properties are updated locally in idle time.
19359 FIXME: How to update when broken?
19361 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19365 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
19366 ;;;;;; (19141 18869))
19367 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
19369 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
19370 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
19376 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
19377 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
19378 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
19379 ;;;;;; (19141 18869))
19380 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
19382 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
19383 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
19387 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19388 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19389 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
19393 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
19394 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
19395 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
19399 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
19400 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
19401 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19402 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19403 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
19404 then use this command to convert it.
19406 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19408 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
19409 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
19410 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19411 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19412 cut-and-paste operations.
19413 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19414 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19415 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
19416 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19418 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
19420 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19421 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19423 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19425 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
19426 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
19427 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19428 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19429 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
19430 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
19431 convert them as description lists.
19432 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
19433 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
19434 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
19435 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
19436 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
19437 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
19438 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
19439 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
19440 simply return the content of \begin{document}...\end{document},
19441 without even the \begin{document} and \end{document} commands.
19442 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19444 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19446 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
19447 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
19449 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19451 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
19452 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
19458 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
19459 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (19140
19461 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
19463 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
19464 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
19465 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
19466 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
19470 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
19471 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
19472 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
19473 agenda view showing the flagged items.
19477 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
19478 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
19484 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
19485 ;;;;;; (19141 18869))
19486 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
19488 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
19489 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
19490 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
19491 line directly before or after the table.
19493 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
19497 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
19498 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
19499 ;;;;;; (19141 18869))
19500 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
19502 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
19504 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
19507 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19509 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
19510 Publish all projects.
19511 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
19512 directory and force publishing all files.
19514 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19516 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
19517 Publish the current file.
19518 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
19520 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19522 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
19523 Publish the project associated with the current file.
19524 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
19527 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19531 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
19532 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
19533 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (19141 18869))
19534 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
19536 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
19537 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
19541 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
19542 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19543 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19544 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19545 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19549 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
19550 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19551 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19552 to be run from that hook to function properly.
19554 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19556 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
19557 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19558 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19559 of the remember buffer.
19561 When called interactively with a `C-u' prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
19562 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
19563 stores its notes. With a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', go to the last
19564 note stored by remember.
19566 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
19567 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
19569 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
19571 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
19572 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19573 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
19574 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
19575 `org-remember-default-headline'.
19577 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
19578 is 1 (so you must use `C-1 C-c C-c' to exit remember), an interactive
19579 process is used to select the target location.
19581 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-0 C-c C-c'),
19582 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
19584 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-2 C-c C-c'),
19585 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
19588 When `C-u' has been used as prefix argument, the note is stored and emacs
19589 moves point to the new location of the note, so that editing can be
19590 continued there (similar to inserting \"%&\" into the template).
19592 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
19593 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
19594 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
19595 some additional data.
19597 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19598 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19599 \(i.e. after the stars).
19601 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19607 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
19608 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (19141 18869))
19609 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
19611 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
19612 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19616 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
19617 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19619 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19621 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
19622 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
19623 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
19624 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
19625 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
19627 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
19631 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
19632 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
19633 ;;;;;; (19141 18869))
19634 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
19636 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
19637 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
19638 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
19639 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
19640 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
19641 without user interaction.
19642 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
19643 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
19644 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
19645 the region 0:00:00.
19647 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
19649 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
19650 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
19651 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
19652 a `C-u' prefix, force restarting the timer.
19653 When used with a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', change all the timer string
19654 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
19655 that was not started at the correct moment.
19657 \(fn &optional RESTART)" t nil)
19659 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
19660 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
19662 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
19664 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
19665 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
19667 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19669 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
19672 \(fn MINUTES)" t nil)
19676 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
19677 ;;;;;; (19141 18869))
19678 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
19680 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
19681 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
19682 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
19684 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
19688 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19689 ;;;;;; (19092 42734))
19690 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19691 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19693 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
19694 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19695 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19696 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19698 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19699 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19700 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19701 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19703 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19704 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19705 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19706 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19707 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19708 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19710 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19711 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19712 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19714 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19715 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19716 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19717 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19718 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19719 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19720 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19721 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19722 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19723 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19724 The subheadings remain visible.
19725 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19727 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19728 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19729 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19731 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19732 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19736 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
19737 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19738 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19739 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19742 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
19746 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (19100 52259))
19747 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19749 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19750 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19751 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
19752 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19753 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19754 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19756 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
19758 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
19759 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19760 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19761 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19763 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19764 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19766 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19770 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19771 ;;;;;; (19092 42734))
19772 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19773 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
19775 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
19776 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19777 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19778 unknown are returned as nil.
19780 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19784 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (19086
19786 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19788 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
19789 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19790 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19792 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19793 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19795 Other useful functions are:
19797 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19798 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19799 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19800 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19801 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19802 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19803 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19804 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19805 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19807 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19809 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19810 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19811 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19812 Indentation for case statements.
19813 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19814 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19816 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19817 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19818 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19819 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19820 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19821 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19822 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19823 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19824 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19825 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19827 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19828 pascal-separator-keywords.
19830 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19831 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19837 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19838 ;;;;;; (18785 31917))
19839 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19841 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
19842 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19843 The keys affected are:
19844 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19845 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19846 M-Backspace does undo.
19847 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19848 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19849 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19855 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
19856 ;;;;;; (19114 60470))
19857 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19859 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19860 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19861 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
19862 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19863 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19864 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19866 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
19868 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
19869 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19871 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19873 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19874 which modify the status of the mark.
19876 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19877 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19879 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19880 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19882 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19883 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19884 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19885 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19886 turning PC Selection mode on.
19888 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19889 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19891 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19892 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19893 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19895 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19896 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19897 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19899 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19900 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19902 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19903 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19904 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19906 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19907 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19908 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19914 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19915 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19922 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (18785
19924 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
19926 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
19927 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
19933 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
19934 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (18785 31818))
19935 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
19937 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19938 Completion for `gzip'.
19942 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19943 Completion for `bzip2'.
19947 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19948 Completion for GNU `make'.
19952 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19953 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
19957 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
19961 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
19962 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (18785 31818))
19963 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
19965 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
19966 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
19970 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
19971 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
19975 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
19976 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
19982 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (19008
19984 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
19986 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
19987 Completion for the `rpm' command.
19993 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
19994 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
19995 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (18785 31818))
19996 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
19998 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
19999 Completion for `cd'.
20003 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20005 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20006 Completion for `rmdir'.
20010 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20011 Completion for `rm'.
20015 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20016 Completion for `xargs'.
20020 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20022 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20023 Completion for `which'.
20027 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20028 Completion for the `chown' command.
20032 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20033 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20037 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20038 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20042 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20043 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20044 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20050 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20051 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20052 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (19034
20054 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20056 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20057 Support extensible programmable completion.
20058 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20059 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20061 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20063 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20064 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20068 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20069 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20070 This will modify the current buffer.
20074 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20075 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20079 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20080 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20081 This will modify the current buffer.
20085 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20086 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20090 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20091 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20095 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20096 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20097 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20098 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20099 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20101 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20103 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20104 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20110 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20111 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20112 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (19137 28300))
20113 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20115 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20116 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20117 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20118 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20120 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20122 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20124 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20125 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20126 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20127 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20128 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20129 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20132 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20134 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20135 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20136 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20137 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20138 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20139 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20140 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20141 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20143 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20145 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20146 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20147 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20148 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20149 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20150 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20151 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20154 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20156 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20157 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20158 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20159 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20160 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20161 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20162 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20164 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20166 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20167 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20168 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20170 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20172 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20173 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20174 A value of nil means never do it.
20175 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20176 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20177 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20179 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20181 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20182 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20183 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (18785 31818))
20188 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20190 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] '(menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea")) (define-key m [checkout] '(menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository")) (define-key m [update] '(menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository")) (define-key m [examine] '(menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea")) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
20194 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20195 ;;;;;; (18815 49209))
20196 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20197 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20198 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20199 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20200 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20201 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20202 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20204 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20205 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20206 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20207 Tab indents for Perl code.
20208 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20209 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20210 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20212 Variables controlling indentation style:
20213 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20214 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20215 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20216 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20217 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20218 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20219 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20221 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20222 `perl-indent-level'
20223 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20224 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20225 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20226 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20227 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20228 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20229 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20230 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20231 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20232 `perl-brace-offset'
20233 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20234 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20235 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20236 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20237 `perl-label-offset'
20238 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20239 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20240 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20242 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20243 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20244 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20245 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20246 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20247 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20248 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20250 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20256 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20257 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20258 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20259 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (19146 53664))
20260 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20262 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
20263 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20265 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20267 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20268 passphrase cache or user.
20270 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20272 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
20273 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20275 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20278 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20280 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
20281 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20283 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20286 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20287 passphrase cache or user.
20289 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20291 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
20292 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20294 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20296 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20299 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20300 passphrase cache or user.
20302 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20304 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
20305 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20307 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20308 passphrase cache or user.
20310 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20312 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
20313 Decrypt the current buffer.
20315 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20318 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20319 passphrase cache or user.
20321 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20323 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
20324 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20326 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20327 a detached signature.
20329 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20330 and the output is displayed.
20332 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20333 passphrase cache or user.
20335 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20337 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
20338 Sign the current buffer.
20340 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20341 detached signature.
20343 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20346 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20347 and the output is displayed.
20349 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20350 passphrase cache or user.
20352 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20354 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
20355 Verify the current region between START and END.
20356 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20357 the detached signature of the current region.
20359 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20360 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20362 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20364 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
20365 Verify the current buffer.
20366 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20367 the detached signature of the current region.
20368 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20369 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20370 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20373 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20375 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
20376 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20380 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
20381 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20383 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20385 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
20386 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20392 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20393 ;;;;;; (19002 32199))
20394 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20396 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
20397 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20399 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20403 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20404 ;;;;;; (19113 41177))
20405 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20407 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20408 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20409 \\<picture-mode-map>
20410 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20411 afterwards settable by these commands:
20413 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20414 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20415 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20416 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20418 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20419 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20420 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20421 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20423 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20424 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20425 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20426 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20428 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20429 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20430 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20431 with these commands:
20433 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20434 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20435 Move to column following last
20436 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20437 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20438 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20439 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20440 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20441 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20443 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20445 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20446 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20447 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20448 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20449 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20450 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20452 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20453 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20454 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20455 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20456 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20457 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20458 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20460 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20461 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20462 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20463 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20464 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20465 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20466 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20467 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20469 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20470 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20471 by supplying an argument.
20473 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20475 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20476 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20480 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20484 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20485 ;;;;;; (18785 32088))
20486 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20488 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20489 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20490 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20492 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20496 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (19104 47795))
20497 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20499 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20500 Play pong and waste time.
20501 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20502 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20504 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20512 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
20513 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
20514 ;;;;;; (19046 32081))
20515 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20517 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20518 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20519 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20520 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20522 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20524 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20525 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20529 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20530 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20531 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20532 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20533 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20535 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20537 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20538 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20539 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20541 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20543 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20544 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20546 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20548 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20549 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20550 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20551 Ignores leading comment characters.
20555 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20556 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20557 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20558 Ignores leading comment characters.
20564 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20565 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20566 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20567 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20568 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20569 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20570 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20571 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20572 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20573 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20574 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20575 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20576 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20577 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20578 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20579 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20580 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20581 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20582 ;;;;;; (19086 19373))
20583 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20585 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20586 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20588 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20590 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20592 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20594 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20595 Preview directory using ghostview.
20597 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20598 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20599 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20600 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20602 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20603 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20604 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20605 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20606 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20609 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20611 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20613 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20614 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20616 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20617 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20618 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20619 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20621 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20622 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20623 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20624 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20625 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20628 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20630 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20632 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20633 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20635 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20636 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20637 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20638 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20640 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20641 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20642 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20643 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20644 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20647 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20649 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20651 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20652 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20654 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20656 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20657 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20658 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20659 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20661 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20662 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20663 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20664 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20665 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20668 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20670 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20672 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
20673 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20675 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20676 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20677 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20679 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20680 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20681 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20682 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20684 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20686 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20687 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20689 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20690 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20691 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20693 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20694 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20695 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20696 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20698 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20700 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
20701 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20703 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20704 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20705 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20707 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20708 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20709 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20710 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20712 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20714 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
20715 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20717 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20719 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20720 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20721 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20723 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20724 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20725 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20726 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20728 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20730 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
20731 Preview region using ghostview.
20733 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20735 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20737 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20738 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20740 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20742 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20744 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
20745 Print region using PostScript printer.
20747 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20749 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20751 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
20752 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20754 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20756 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20758 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
20759 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20761 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20763 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20765 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20766 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20768 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20770 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20772 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
20773 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20775 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20777 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20779 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
20780 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20782 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20784 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20786 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
20787 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20788 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20789 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20791 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20794 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20795 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20797 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20799 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20801 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
20802 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20803 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20804 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20808 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
20809 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20810 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20811 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20815 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
20816 Print directory using text printer.
20818 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20821 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20822 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20824 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20826 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20828 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
20829 Print buffer using text printer.
20833 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
20834 Print region using text printer.
20838 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
20839 Print major mode using text printer.
20843 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
20844 Preview spooled PostScript.
20846 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20847 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20848 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20850 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20851 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20852 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20854 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20856 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20857 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20859 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20860 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20861 instead of sending it to the printer.
20863 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20864 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20865 image in a file with that name.
20867 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20869 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
20870 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20872 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20873 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20874 instead of sending it to the printer.
20876 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20877 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20878 image in a file with that name.
20880 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20882 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
20883 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20885 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20886 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20887 instead of sending it to the printer.
20889 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20890 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20891 image in a file with that name.
20893 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20895 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
20896 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20898 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20900 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
20901 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20903 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20905 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20906 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20908 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20910 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
20911 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20913 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20915 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
20916 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20918 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20920 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
20921 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
20923 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
20924 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20925 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
20926 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20928 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20929 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
20930 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
20931 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
20932 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
20933 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
20936 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20938 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
20939 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
20943 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
20944 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
20946 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20948 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20953 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
20954 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
20958 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
20959 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
20963 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
20964 Toggle printing with faces.
20968 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
20973 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
20978 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
20981 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20983 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20988 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
20993 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
20994 Toggle upside-down.
20998 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
20999 Toggle line number.
21003 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21004 Toggle zebra stripes.
21008 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21009 Toggle printing header.
21013 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21014 Toggle printing header frame.
21018 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21023 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21024 Toggle auto region.
21028 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21033 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21034 Customization of the `printing' group.
21036 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21038 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21039 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21041 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21043 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21044 Help for the printing package.
21046 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21048 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21049 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21053 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21054 Interactively select a text printer.
21058 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21059 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21063 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21064 Show current ps-print settings.
21066 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21068 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21069 Show current printing settings.
21071 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21073 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21074 Show current lpr settings.
21076 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21078 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21079 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21081 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21082 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21083 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21084 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21087 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21089 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21090 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21091 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21093 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21094 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21095 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21096 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21097 current active printer.
21099 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21100 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21101 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21104 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21105 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21106 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21107 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21108 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21111 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21112 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21114 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21116 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21117 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21118 be done using the new current active printer.
21120 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21121 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21124 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21125 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21126 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21127 instead of sending it to the printer.
21129 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21130 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21133 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21136 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21139 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21141 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21142 Fast fire function for text printing.
21144 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21145 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21146 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21147 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21149 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21150 user for a new active text printer.
21152 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21154 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21156 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21157 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21160 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21162 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21165 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21169 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (19115 2705))
21170 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21172 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21173 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21174 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
21175 information will be displayed but not selected.
21176 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21178 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
21180 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21184 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21185 ;;;;;; (19088 17710))
21186 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21188 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21189 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21190 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21192 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21193 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21194 if that value is non-nil.
21198 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
21200 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
21201 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21202 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21204 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21208 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (18793
21210 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21212 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21213 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21214 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21216 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21220 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (18830
21222 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21224 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21225 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21227 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21229 The following variables hold user options, and can
21230 be set through the `customize' command:
21232 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21234 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21235 `ps-mode-print-function'
21237 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21241 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21244 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21250 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21251 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21252 The keymap for this second window is:
21254 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21257 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21258 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21259 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21260 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21261 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21267 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21268 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21269 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21270 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21271 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21272 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (19130
21274 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21276 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk")) "\
21277 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21278 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21280 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21282 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21283 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21284 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21285 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21287 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21289 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21290 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21294 nil Do not print colors.
21298 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21299 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21301 Any other value is treated as t.")
21303 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21305 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21306 Customization of ps-print group.
21310 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21311 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21313 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21314 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21315 sending it to the printer.
21317 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21318 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21319 image in a file with that name.
21321 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21323 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21324 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21325 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21326 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21327 so it has a way to determine color values.
21329 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21331 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21332 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21333 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21335 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21337 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21338 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21339 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21340 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21341 so it has a way to determine color values.
21343 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21345 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21346 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21347 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21348 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21350 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21354 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21355 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21356 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21357 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21358 so it has a way to determine color values.
21360 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21364 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21365 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21366 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21368 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21370 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21372 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21373 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21374 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21375 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21376 so it has a way to determine color values.
21378 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21380 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21382 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21383 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21385 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21386 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21387 instead of sending it to the printer.
21389 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21390 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21391 image in a file with that name.
21393 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21395 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21396 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21397 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21398 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21399 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21403 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21404 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21405 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21407 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21409 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21410 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21411 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21413 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21415 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21416 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21420 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21421 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21423 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21424 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21426 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21427 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21429 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21431 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21433 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21435 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21436 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21438 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21439 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21441 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21442 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21444 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21446 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21448 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21450 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21451 foreground and background colors respectively.
21453 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21454 bold - use bold font.
21455 italic - use italic font.
21456 underline - put a line under text.
21457 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21458 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21459 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21460 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21461 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21463 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21465 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21469 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
21470 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (19146 53668))
21471 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21473 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("jython" . jython-mode))
21475 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("python" . python-mode))
21477 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.py\\'" . python-mode))
21479 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21480 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21481 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21482 buffer automatically.
21484 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21485 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21486 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21487 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21488 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21489 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21490 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21492 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21493 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21494 buffer for a list of commands.)
21496 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21498 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21499 Major mode for editing Python files.
21500 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
21501 for correct parsing of the source.
21502 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21503 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21504 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21506 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21507 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21508 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21509 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21510 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21511 \\<python-mode-map>
21512 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21513 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21514 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21515 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21516 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21517 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21519 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21520 effect outside them.
21522 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21523 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21524 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21525 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21526 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21527 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21528 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21529 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21530 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21532 \\{python-mode-map}
21536 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
21537 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21538 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21539 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21543 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
21544 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
21545 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
21546 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
21547 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
21548 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
21550 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
21551 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
21552 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
21553 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
21554 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
21555 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
21556 programmatically, or when running in Emacs 19.34 or older.
21558 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
21559 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
21560 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
21561 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
21562 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
21564 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
21565 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
21566 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
21567 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
21568 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
21569 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
21570 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
21573 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
21574 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
21575 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
21576 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
21577 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
21578 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
21581 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
21585 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21586 ;;;;;; (19104 32599))
21587 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21589 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21590 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21591 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21594 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21595 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21597 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21598 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21599 them into characters should be done separately.
21601 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21605 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21606 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21607 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21608 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21609 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (19072 37969))
21610 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21612 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21613 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21617 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21618 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21619 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21621 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21622 `quail-activate', which see.
21624 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21626 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21627 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21628 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21629 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21630 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21631 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21632 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21634 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21635 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21636 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21637 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21638 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21640 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21642 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21643 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21644 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21645 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21646 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21647 list of candidates.
21649 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21650 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21651 command to be called.
21653 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21654 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21655 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21656 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21658 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21659 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21660 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21661 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21662 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21665 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21666 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21667 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21668 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21670 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21671 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21672 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21673 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21675 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21676 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21677 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21678 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21679 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21680 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21682 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21683 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21684 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21685 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21686 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21687 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21689 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21690 covers Quail translation region.
21692 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21693 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21694 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21695 for it) is inserted.
21697 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21698 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21699 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21701 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21702 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21703 non-Quail commands.
21705 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21707 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21708 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21710 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21711 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21712 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21713 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21714 you type is correctly handled.
21716 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21718 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21719 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21721 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21724 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21726 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
21727 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21728 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21729 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21730 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21731 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21732 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21733 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21734 for the translation.
21735 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21737 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21738 it is used to handle KEY.
21740 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21741 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21742 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21743 the following annotation types are supported.
21745 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21746 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21748 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21751 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21752 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21753 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21756 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21757 generated for the following translations.
21759 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21761 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
21762 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21764 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21765 which to install MAP.
21767 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21769 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21771 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
21772 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21774 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21775 which to install MAP.
21777 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21779 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21781 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
21782 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21783 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21784 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21785 a function, or a cons.
21786 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21787 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21788 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21789 for the translation.
21790 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21791 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21792 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21793 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21794 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21796 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21797 it is used to handle KEY.
21799 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21800 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21801 current Quail package.
21803 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21804 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21806 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21808 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
21809 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21811 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21812 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21814 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21816 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21817 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21819 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21821 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
21822 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21823 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21824 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21825 of the Emacs source tree.
21827 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21828 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21830 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21831 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21834 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21838 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21839 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21840 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (19146
21842 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21844 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21845 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21846 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21847 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21849 To make use of this do something like:
21851 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21853 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
21855 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
21856 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
21858 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
21859 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21860 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21862 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21864 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
21865 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
21867 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21869 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
21870 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
21872 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
21875 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
21877 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
21878 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
21880 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
21881 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21882 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21884 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21886 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
21887 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
21889 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21891 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
21892 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
21896 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
21897 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
21899 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
21901 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
21905 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
21906 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
21912 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
21913 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (19146 53667))
21914 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
21916 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
21917 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
21919 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
21921 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
21925 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
21927 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
21930 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
21932 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
21933 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
21934 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
21935 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21936 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21937 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
21939 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
21941 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
21942 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
21944 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21948 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (18785
21950 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
21952 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
21953 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
21956 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
21960 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
21961 ;;;;;; (19096 9073))
21962 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
21964 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
21966 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
21967 Construct a regexp interactively.
21973 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (19146 53664))
21974 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
21976 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
21977 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
21978 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
21979 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21980 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21981 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
21983 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
21985 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
21986 Toggle recentf mode.
21987 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
21988 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
21990 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
21991 that were operated on recently.
21993 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21997 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
21998 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
21999 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22000 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (18785
22002 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22003 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
22004 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
22005 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
22006 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
22007 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
22008 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
22010 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22011 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22012 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22013 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22015 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22017 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22019 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22020 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22021 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22022 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22025 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22026 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22029 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22031 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22032 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22033 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22035 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22036 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22039 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22041 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22042 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22043 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22045 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22047 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22048 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22050 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22051 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22053 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22056 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22057 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22058 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22059 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22062 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22064 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22065 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22069 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22070 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22071 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22072 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22073 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22074 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22075 and point is at the lower right corner.
22077 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22079 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22080 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22082 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22083 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22085 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22086 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22087 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22089 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22091 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22093 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22094 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22095 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22096 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22097 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22099 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22100 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22102 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22104 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22105 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22106 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22108 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22110 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22112 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22114 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22115 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22117 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22118 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22119 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22121 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22123 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22124 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22125 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22127 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22128 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22129 rectangle which were empty.
22131 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22135 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (18785
22137 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22139 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22140 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22141 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22143 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22144 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22145 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22147 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22151 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22152 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (19096 3517))
22153 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22155 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22156 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22160 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22161 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22163 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22164 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22166 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22167 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22168 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22171 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22172 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22173 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22175 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22176 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22177 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22179 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22180 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22182 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22183 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22185 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22186 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22189 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22193 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22194 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22195 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22201 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22202 ;;;;;; (19100 36555))
22203 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22205 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22206 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22207 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22208 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22209 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22210 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22212 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22214 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22216 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22217 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22218 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22219 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22220 `reftex-cite-format'.
22222 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22223 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22224 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22225 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22227 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22231 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22232 ;;;;;; (18785 32089))
22233 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22235 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22236 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22237 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22238 the current TeX document.
22240 With no argument, this command toggles
22241 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22242 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22248 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22249 ;;;;;; (19100 36555))
22250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22252 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22253 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22254 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22256 To insert new phrases, use
22257 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22258 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22260 To index phrases use one of:
22262 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22263 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22264 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22265 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22266 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22268 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22269 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22271 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22273 Here are all local bindings.
22275 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22281 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22282 ;;;;;; (18785 32090))
22283 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22285 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22286 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22287 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22290 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (18785
22296 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22297 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22298 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22299 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22300 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22304 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22305 ;;;;;; (18785 31908))
22306 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22308 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22309 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22310 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22311 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22312 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22313 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22315 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22316 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22318 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22321 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22323 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22324 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22325 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22326 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22328 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22332 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
22333 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
22334 ;;;;;; (19086 47290))
22335 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22337 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22338 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22339 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22340 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22342 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22344 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22346 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22347 Call `remember' in another frame.
22349 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22351 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22352 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22353 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
22358 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22359 Extract diary entries from the region.
22365 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (18790 54821))
22366 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22368 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22369 Repeat most recently executed command.
22370 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
22371 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22372 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22374 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22375 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22376 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22377 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22379 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22380 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22381 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22383 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22387 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22388 ;;;;;; (18785 31995))
22389 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22391 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22392 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22394 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22395 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22396 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22397 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22398 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22399 and point is left after the salutation.
22401 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22402 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22403 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22404 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22405 left after that text.
22407 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22410 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22411 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22412 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22413 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22415 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22419 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22420 ;;;;;; (18785 31822))
22421 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22423 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22424 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22425 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22426 visibility of comments that precede it.
22427 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22428 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22429 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22430 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22431 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22432 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22433 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22434 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22436 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22437 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22438 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22439 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22440 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22442 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22446 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22447 ;;;;;; (18785 31822))
22448 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22450 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22451 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22452 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22454 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22455 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22456 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22460 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22461 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22462 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22463 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22464 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22465 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22467 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22469 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22470 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22471 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22473 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22474 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22475 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22481 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22482 ;;;;;; (18785 31908))
22483 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22485 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22486 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22490 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22491 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22493 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22497 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (18785 32007))
22498 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22499 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22501 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22502 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22503 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22504 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22506 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22508 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22509 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22510 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22511 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22513 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22514 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22516 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22517 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22519 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22520 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22523 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22524 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22525 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22526 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22527 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22529 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22530 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22531 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22532 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22534 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22535 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22538 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22542 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22543 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
22544 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
22545 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
22546 ;;;;;; rmail-dont-reply-to-names rmail-user-mail-address-regexp
22547 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (19146
22549 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22551 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22552 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22553 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22555 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22557 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22558 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22559 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22560 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22561 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22562 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22563 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22565 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22566 sent by you under different user names.
22567 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22569 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22571 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22573 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22574 A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22575 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
22576 a value which excludes your own email address, plus whatever is
22577 specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.
22579 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
22580 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
22582 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
22584 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22585 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22586 This is used when the user does not set `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'
22587 explicitly. (The other part of the default value is the user's
22588 email address and name.) It is useful to set this variable in
22589 the site customization file. The default value is conventionally
22590 used for large mailing lists to broadcast announcements.")
22592 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22593 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22594 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22595 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22596 which normally happens once for each message,
22597 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22598 To make a change in this variable take effect
22599 for a message that you have already viewed,
22600 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22602 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22604 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22605 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22606 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22607 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22609 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22611 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:" "\
22612 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22614 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22616 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22617 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22618 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22620 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22622 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22623 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22624 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22625 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22626 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22627 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22629 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22631 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22632 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22634 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22636 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22637 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22639 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22641 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22642 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22644 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22645 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22647 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22649 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22650 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22652 This is set to nil by default.")
22654 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22655 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22656 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22657 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22658 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22659 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22660 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22662 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22663 Read and edit incoming mail.
22664 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22665 file in RMAIL Mode.
22666 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22668 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22669 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22670 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22671 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22673 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22675 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22677 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
22678 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22679 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22680 Instead, these commands are available:
22682 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22683 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22684 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22685 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22686 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22687 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22688 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22689 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22690 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22691 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22692 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22693 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22694 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22695 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22696 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22697 till a deleted message is found.
22698 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22699 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22700 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22701 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22702 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22703 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22704 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22705 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22706 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22707 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22708 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22709 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
22710 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
22711 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22712 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22713 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22714 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22715 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22716 (label defaults to last one specified).
22717 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22718 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22719 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22720 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22721 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22722 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22723 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22724 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22725 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22729 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
22730 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22732 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22734 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
22735 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22737 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22741 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
22742 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (19092 42734))
22743 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22744 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
22746 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
22747 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
22748 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
22749 case it writes Babyl.
22751 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22752 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
22753 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
22754 `rmail-default-file'.
22756 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
22757 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
22758 buffer, updates it accordingly.
22760 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
22761 the header display is currently pruned.
22763 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
22764 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
22765 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
22766 messages after output.
22768 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
22769 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
22770 message (if writing a file directly).
22772 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
22773 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
22775 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
22777 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
22778 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
22779 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
22780 i) the header is output as currently seen
22781 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
22782 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
22784 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
22785 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
22786 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
22788 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
22790 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
22791 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
22792 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
22793 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
22794 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
22795 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
22796 `rmail-default-body-file'.
22798 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
22799 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
22800 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
22802 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22806 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
22807 ;;;;;; (18785 32013))
22808 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
22810 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
22811 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
22814 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
22818 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
22819 ;;;;;; (18785 32013))
22820 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
22822 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
22823 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
22824 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
22825 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
22831 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
22832 ;;;;;; (18785 32015))
22833 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
22835 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
22836 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
22838 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
22839 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
22840 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
22841 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
22842 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
22843 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
22844 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
22845 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
22846 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
22847 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
22849 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
22850 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
22851 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
22852 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
22853 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
22854 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
22855 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
22856 to use for finding the schema.
22858 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
22862 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (18785
22864 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
22866 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
22868 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
22869 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
22870 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
22871 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
22872 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
22873 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
22874 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
22875 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
22876 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
22877 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
22878 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
22879 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
22880 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
22881 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
22882 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
22883 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
22886 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
22890 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
22891 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (19096 36921))
22892 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
22894 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
22895 Define a robin package.
22897 NAME is the string of this robin package.
22898 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
22899 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
22900 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
22902 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
22903 one replaces the old one.
22905 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22907 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
22908 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
22910 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
22911 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
22912 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
22914 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
22916 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
22917 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
22919 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
22923 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
22924 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (18785 31823))
22925 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
22927 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
22928 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
22930 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
22932 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
22933 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
22935 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22937 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
22938 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
22940 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22942 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
22943 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
22944 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
22946 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
22947 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
22950 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
22954 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
22955 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
22961 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
22962 ;;;;;; (19088 18201))
22963 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
22964 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode))
22966 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
22967 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
22969 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
22970 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
22971 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
22972 decorations within the region (see full details below).
22973 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
22975 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
22976 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
22977 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
22978 font-locking of blocks.
22984 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
22986 Toggle ReST minor mode.
22987 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
22988 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
22989 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
22991 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
22992 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
22993 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
22995 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22999 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
23000 ;;;;;; (19001 2246))
23001 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23003 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23004 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23005 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23006 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23007 nesting into account.
23009 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23015 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.rb\\'" . ruby-mode))
23017 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons name 'ruby-mode)))
23021 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (18785
23023 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23025 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23026 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23032 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18785
23034 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23036 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23037 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23038 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23039 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23041 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23043 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23044 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23045 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23047 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23048 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23049 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23051 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23055 matches string STRING literally.
23058 matches character CHAR literally.
23060 `not-newline', `nonl'
23061 matches any character except a newline.
23064 matches any character
23069 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23070 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23071 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23073 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23074 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23075 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23076 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23078 `(not (any SET ...))'
23079 matches any character not in SET ...
23081 `line-start', `bol'
23082 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23083 in the text being matched
23086 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23088 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23089 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23090 string being matched against.
23092 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23093 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23094 string being matched against.
23097 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23098 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23101 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23102 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23105 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23107 `word-start', `bow'
23108 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23111 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23114 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23117 `(not word-boundary)'
23118 `not-word-boundary'
23119 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23123 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23126 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23128 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23129 matches 0 through 9.
23132 matches ASCII control characters.
23134 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23135 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23138 matches space and tab only.
23141 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23144 `printing', `print'
23145 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23148 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23149 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23150 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23152 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23153 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23154 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23157 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23160 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23162 `lower', `lower-case'
23163 matches anything lower-case.
23165 `upper', `upper-case'
23166 matches anything upper-case.
23168 `punctuation', `punct'
23169 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23170 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23172 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23173 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23176 matches anything that has word syntax.
23179 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23182 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23183 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23184 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23186 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23187 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23190 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23191 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23192 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23193 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23194 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23196 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23197 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23198 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23199 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23200 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23202 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23203 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23205 `(category CATEGORY)'
23206 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23207 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23209 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23210 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23211 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23212 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23216 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23217 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23218 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23219 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23220 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23221 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23222 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23223 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23224 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23225 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23226 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23227 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23228 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23229 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23238 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23242 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23244 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23249 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23250 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23252 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23253 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23254 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23255 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23256 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23258 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23259 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23260 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23261 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23263 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23264 another name for `submatch'.
23266 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23267 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23268 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23269 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23270 regular expression.
23272 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23273 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23274 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23275 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23276 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23278 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23279 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23281 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23282 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23284 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23286 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23289 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23290 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23293 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23294 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23296 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23298 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23301 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23304 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23306 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23307 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23309 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23312 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23315 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23319 matches N occurrences.
23322 matches N or more occurrences.
23324 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23325 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23326 matches N to M occurrences.
23329 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23332 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23336 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23338 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23342 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23343 ;;;;;; (19146 53664))
23344 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23346 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23347 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23348 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23351 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23353 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23354 Toggle savehist-mode.
23355 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23356 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23357 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23358 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23360 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23361 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23362 which is probably undesirable.
23368 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23369 ;;;;;; (18785 32069))
23370 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23372 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23373 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23374 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23376 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23377 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23378 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23379 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23380 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23381 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23382 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23383 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23386 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23387 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23388 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23389 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23390 if that value is non-nil.
23394 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23395 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23396 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23399 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23400 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23401 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23402 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23403 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23404 that variable's value is a string.
23410 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23411 ;;;;;; (18785 31978))
23412 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23414 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23415 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23416 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23418 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23424 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23425 ;;;;;; (18785 31823))
23426 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23428 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23429 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23430 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23431 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23432 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23433 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23435 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23437 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23438 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23439 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23440 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23441 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23447 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23448 ;;;;;; (18785 31824))
23449 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23451 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23452 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23453 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23454 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23455 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23462 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
23463 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (19146 53665))
23464 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23466 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23467 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23468 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23470 `semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23471 `semantic-decoration-mode' - Decorate tags based on various attributes.
23472 `semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Track current function in the header-line.
23473 `semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Provide smart symbol completion
23474 automatically when idle.
23475 `semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Keep a buffer's parse tree up to date.
23476 `semanticdb-minor-mode' - Store tags when a buffer is not in memory.
23477 `semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show a summary for the code at point.
23478 `semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23479 keybinding for tag names.")
23481 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23483 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23484 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23485 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23486 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23487 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23488 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23490 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23492 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23493 Toggle Semantic mode.
23494 With ARG, turn Semantic mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23496 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23497 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23498 auxilliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23499 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23502 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23504 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23508 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23509 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23510 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23511 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23512 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23513 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23514 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23515 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23516 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (19146 53667))
23517 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23519 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
23520 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23522 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23524 If `parens', they look like:
23525 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23526 If `angles', they look like:
23527 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23528 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23529 derived from the envelope-from address.
23531 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23532 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23533 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23534 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23536 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23538 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23539 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23540 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23541 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23543 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23544 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23545 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23546 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23548 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23550 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23551 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23552 This is done when the message is initialized,
23553 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23555 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23557 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23558 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23559 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23561 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23563 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
23565 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
23566 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23567 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23568 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23569 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23570 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23571 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23573 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23575 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23576 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23578 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23580 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23581 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23582 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23585 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23587 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23588 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23589 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23590 when you first send mail.")
23592 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23594 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23595 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23596 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23597 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23598 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23600 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23602 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23603 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23604 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23605 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23606 This file need not actually exist.")
23608 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23610 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23611 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23612 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23614 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23616 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23617 Alist of mail address aliases,
23618 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23619 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23620 can specify a different file name.)
23621 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23622 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23624 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23625 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23626 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23628 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23630 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23631 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23632 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23634 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
23636 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23637 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23638 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23639 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23640 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23641 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23642 in the cited portion of the message.
23644 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23645 instead of no action.")
23647 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
23649 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23650 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23651 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23652 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23653 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23655 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
23657 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23658 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23659 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23660 If a string, that string is inserted.
23661 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23662 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23663 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23664 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23666 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
23668 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23669 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23671 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
23673 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23674 Directory for mail buffers.
23675 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23676 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23678 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
23680 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23681 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23682 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
23683 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
23685 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
23687 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23688 If non-nil, try to show Rmail summary buffer after returning from mail.
23689 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23690 the Rmail summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23693 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
23695 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
23696 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23697 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23698 `query' means ask the user each time.
23699 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23700 The default is `mime'.
23701 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23702 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23704 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
23706 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
23707 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23708 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23710 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23711 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23713 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23714 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
23715 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
23716 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23717 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23718 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23719 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
23720 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23721 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23722 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23723 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
23724 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23725 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23729 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23730 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23731 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23732 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23734 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
23736 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23737 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23738 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
23739 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23740 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23741 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23743 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
23744 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23745 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23747 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23748 User should not set this variable manually,
23749 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23750 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23751 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23752 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23754 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
23755 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23756 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23757 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23759 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23760 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23763 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23765 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23766 to move to message header fields:
23769 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23770 when the message is initialized.
23772 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23773 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23775 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23778 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23779 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23781 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23782 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23783 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23784 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23785 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23786 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23787 buffer without erasing the contents.
23789 The second through fifth arguments,
23790 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23791 the initial contents of those header fields.
23792 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23793 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23794 original message being replied to, or else an action
23795 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23796 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23797 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23798 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23799 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23800 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23802 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
23804 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
23805 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
23807 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23809 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
23810 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
23812 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23816 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
23817 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (19124
23819 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
23821 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
23822 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
23823 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
23824 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
23825 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
23826 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
23828 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
23829 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
23831 If a server is already running, the server is not started.
23832 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
23835 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
23837 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
23838 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
23839 If server is running, it is first stopped.
23840 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
23842 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
23844 (defvar server-mode nil "\
23845 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
23846 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23847 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23848 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23849 or call the function `server-mode'.")
23851 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
23853 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
23854 Toggle Server mode.
23855 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23856 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
23857 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
23859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23861 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
23862 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
23863 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
23865 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
23866 only these files will be asked to be saved.
23868 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
23872 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (19096 3520))
23873 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
23875 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
23876 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
23877 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
23881 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
23882 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
23883 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
23884 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
23890 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
23891 ;;;;;; (19137 28302))
23892 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
23894 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
23895 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
23897 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
23900 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
23901 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
23902 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
23904 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
23905 in your `.emacs' file.
23907 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
23909 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23910 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
23915 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
23916 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
23917 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
23918 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
23919 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
23920 which this is based.
23922 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23924 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
23925 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
23926 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
23927 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
23929 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
23930 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
23931 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
23933 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
23934 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
23935 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
23936 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
23938 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
23939 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
23940 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
23941 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
23943 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
23945 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
23946 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
23947 To work around that, do:
23948 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
23956 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
23957 ;;;;;; (19141 18871))
23958 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
23959 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
23961 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
23962 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
23963 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
23964 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
23965 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
23966 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
23968 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
23969 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
23970 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
23971 shell-specific features.
23973 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
23974 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
23975 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
23977 \\[sh-case] case statement
23978 \\[sh-for] for loop
23979 \\[sh-function] function definition
23980 \\[sh-if] if statement
23981 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
23982 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
23983 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
23984 \\[sh-select] select loop
23985 \\[sh-until] until loop
23986 \\[sh-while] while loop
23988 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
23989 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
23990 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
23991 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
23992 would indent to the way it currently is.
23993 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
23994 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
23997 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
23998 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
23999 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24000 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24001 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24002 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24004 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24006 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24008 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24009 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24010 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24012 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24013 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24017 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24021 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (18785 31824))
24022 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
24024 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
24025 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24026 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24027 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24028 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24029 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24031 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24035 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24036 ;;;;;; (19146 53666))
24037 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24039 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24040 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24042 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24043 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24044 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24046 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24047 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24048 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24049 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24052 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24054 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24056 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24057 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24058 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24060 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24061 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24063 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24064 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24065 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24066 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24067 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24068 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24069 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24072 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24073 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24074 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24075 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24076 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24078 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24079 function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24081 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24085 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24086 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (19146
24088 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24090 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24091 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24092 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24093 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24094 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24095 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24096 sites in the cluster.
24100 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24101 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24102 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24103 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24104 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24108 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24109 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24110 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24111 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24112 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24113 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24114 `shadow-define-cluster').
24118 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24119 Set up file shadowing.
24125 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24126 ;;;;;; (19137 28300))
24127 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24129 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24130 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24131 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24132 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24133 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24136 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24138 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24139 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24140 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24141 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24142 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24144 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24145 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24146 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24147 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24148 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24149 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24150 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24151 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24152 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24153 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24154 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24156 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24157 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24158 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24159 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24160 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24161 `default-process-coding-system'.
24163 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24164 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24165 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24166 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24168 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24170 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24171 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24175 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24176 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (18785 31978))
24177 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24179 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24182 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24184 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24187 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24189 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24192 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24196 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24197 ;;;;;; (19101 57522))
24198 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24200 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24201 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24202 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24203 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24204 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24206 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24212 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (18790
24214 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24216 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24217 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24218 \\{simula-mode-map}
24219 Variables controlling indentation style:
24220 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24221 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24222 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24223 `simula-indent-level'
24224 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24225 `simula-substatement-offset'
24226 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24227 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24228 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24229 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24230 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24231 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24232 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24233 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24234 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24235 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24236 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24237 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24238 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24239 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24240 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24241 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24242 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24243 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24244 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24245 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24246 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24247 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24248 or nil if they should not be changed.
24249 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24250 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24251 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24252 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24254 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24255 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24261 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24262 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (18790 54821))
24263 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24265 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24266 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24268 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24269 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24270 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24271 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24273 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24275 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24277 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24278 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24279 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24280 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24281 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24283 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24284 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24286 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24288 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24289 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24291 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24292 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24293 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24294 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24296 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24297 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24298 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24299 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24301 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24302 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24303 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24305 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24306 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24308 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24309 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24311 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24312 _ interesting point, interregion here
24313 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24314 interesting point set by _
24315 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24316 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24317 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24318 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24319 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24320 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24323 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24324 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24326 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24327 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24328 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24329 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24330 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24331 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24332 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24333 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24335 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24336 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24337 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24338 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24339 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24342 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24343 then: insert previously read string once more
24344 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24345 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24346 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24348 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24349 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24351 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24353 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24354 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24356 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24357 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24358 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24359 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24360 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24363 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24364 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24365 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24371 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
24372 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (19146 53664))
24373 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24375 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24376 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24377 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24380 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24382 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24383 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24384 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24388 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24389 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24390 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24396 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24397 ;;;;;; (18785 31978))
24398 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24400 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24401 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24402 A list of images is returned.
24404 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24406 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24407 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24408 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24410 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24414 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24415 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (18969 61522))
24416 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24418 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24423 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24424 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24430 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (18785 32031))
24431 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24433 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24434 Play the Snake game.
24435 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24437 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24439 Snake mode keybindings:
24441 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24442 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24443 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24444 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24445 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24446 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24447 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24453 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24454 ;;;;;; (18785 32008))
24455 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24457 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24458 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24459 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24460 Tab indents for C code.
24461 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24462 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24464 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24469 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24470 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24471 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24472 Tab indents for C code.
24473 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24474 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24476 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24477 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24483 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (18983
24485 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24487 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24488 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24489 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24490 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24491 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24493 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24495 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24499 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (19104
24501 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24503 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24506 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24507 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24508 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24509 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24510 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24511 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24512 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24513 check after each move or undo.)
24517 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24518 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24519 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24538 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24539 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24540 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24541 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24543 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24544 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24545 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24548 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24549 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24551 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24567 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24569 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24575 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24576 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24577 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (18785 31826))
24578 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24579 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24581 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24582 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24584 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24585 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24586 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24587 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24590 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24591 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24592 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24595 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24596 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24598 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24599 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24600 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24601 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24604 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24605 It should move point to the end of the record.
24607 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24608 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24609 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24610 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24611 starts at the beginning of the record.
24613 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24614 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24617 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24618 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24620 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24622 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
24623 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24624 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24625 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24626 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24629 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24631 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
24632 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24633 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24634 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24635 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24638 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24640 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
24641 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24642 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24643 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24644 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24647 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24648 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24650 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
24651 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24652 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24653 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24654 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24655 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24656 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24657 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24658 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24660 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24662 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
24663 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24664 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24665 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24666 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24667 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24668 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24671 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24673 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
24674 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24675 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24676 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24677 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24678 is to be used for sorting.
24679 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24680 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24681 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24682 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24683 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24685 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24687 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24690 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24691 starting with the letter \"f\",
24692 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24694 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24696 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
24697 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24698 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24699 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24700 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24701 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24702 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24705 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24706 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24707 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24708 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24709 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24711 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24713 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
24714 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24715 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24717 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24721 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (19137
24723 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24725 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
24726 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
24727 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
24728 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
24729 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
24730 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
24732 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
24736 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24737 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24738 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (18790 48672))
24739 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24741 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
24742 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24744 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24745 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24746 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24748 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24750 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
24751 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24752 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24755 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24757 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
24758 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24759 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24761 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24763 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
24764 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24765 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
24766 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
24771 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
24772 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
24773 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
24774 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
24780 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
24781 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (19137 33009))
24782 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
24784 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
24786 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
24787 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
24788 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
24789 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
24790 supported at a time.
24791 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
24792 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
24794 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24796 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
24797 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
24798 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
24799 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
24805 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
24806 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (18785 32092))
24807 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
24809 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
24811 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
24812 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
24813 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
24814 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
24815 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
24816 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
24820 (make-obsolete 'spell-buffer 'ispell-buffer "23.1")
24822 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
24823 Check spelling of word at or before point.
24824 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
24825 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
24829 (make-obsolete 'spell-word 'ispell-word "23.1")
24831 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
24832 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
24833 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
24834 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
24835 for example, \"word\".
24837 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
24839 (make-obsolete 'spell-region 'ispell-region "23.1")
24841 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
24842 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
24844 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
24846 (make-obsolete 'spell-string "The `spell' package is obsolete - use `ispell'." "23.1")
24850 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (18785
24852 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
24854 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
24855 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
24859 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
24860 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
24866 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
24867 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
24868 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
24869 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (19080
24871 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
24873 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
24874 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
24876 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
24877 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
24878 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
24879 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
24880 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
24881 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
24882 of the current highlighting list.
24886 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
24887 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
24889 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
24890 `_t' as data types.
24892 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
24894 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
24895 Show short help for the SQL modes.
24897 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
24898 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
24900 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
24902 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
24903 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
24904 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
24906 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
24908 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
24909 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
24910 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
24911 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
24912 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
24913 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
24915 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
24916 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
24918 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
24920 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
24921 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
24922 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
24923 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
24925 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
24926 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
24927 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
24928 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
24930 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
24931 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
24932 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
24936 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
24937 Major mode to edit SQL.
24939 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
24940 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
24941 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
24944 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
24946 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
24947 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
24948 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
24949 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
24950 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
24951 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
24953 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
24954 `sql-interactive-mode'.
24956 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
24957 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
24958 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
24960 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
24962 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
24966 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
24967 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
24969 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24970 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
24972 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24974 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
24976 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
24977 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
24979 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24980 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24983 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
24984 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24985 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
24986 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
24988 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24989 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24991 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24992 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24993 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24994 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24995 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24996 `default-process-coding-system'.
24998 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25002 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25003 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25005 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25006 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25009 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25010 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25011 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25012 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25014 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25015 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25017 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25018 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25019 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25020 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25021 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25022 `default-process-coding-system'.
25024 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25028 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25029 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25031 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25032 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25035 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25036 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25038 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25039 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25041 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25042 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25043 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25044 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25045 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25046 `default-process-coding-system'.
25048 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25052 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25053 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25055 SQLite is free software.
25057 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25058 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25061 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25062 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25063 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25064 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25066 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25067 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25069 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25070 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25071 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25072 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25073 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25074 `default-process-coding-system'.
25076 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25080 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25081 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25083 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25085 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25086 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25089 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25090 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25091 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25092 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25094 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25095 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25097 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25098 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25099 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25100 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25101 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25102 `default-process-coding-system'.
25104 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25108 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25109 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25111 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25112 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25115 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25116 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25119 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25120 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25122 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25123 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25124 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25125 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25126 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25127 `default-process-coding-system'.
25129 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25133 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25134 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25136 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25137 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25140 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25141 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25143 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25144 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25146 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25147 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25148 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25149 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25150 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25151 `default-process-coding-system'.
25153 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25157 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25158 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25160 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25161 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25164 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25165 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25166 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25167 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25169 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25170 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25172 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25173 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25174 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25175 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25176 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25177 `default-process-coding-system'.
25179 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25183 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25184 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25186 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25187 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25190 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25191 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25192 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25193 `sql-postgres-options'.
25195 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25196 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25198 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25199 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25200 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25201 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25202 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25203 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25204 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25205 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25207 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25208 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25210 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25214 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25215 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25217 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25218 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25221 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25222 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25225 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25226 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25228 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25229 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25230 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25231 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25232 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25233 `default-process-coding-system'.
25235 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25239 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25240 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25242 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25243 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25246 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25249 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25250 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25252 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25253 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25254 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25255 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25257 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25258 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25259 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25260 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25261 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25262 `default-process-coding-system'.
25264 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25268 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25269 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25271 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25272 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25275 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25276 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25277 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25278 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25281 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25282 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25283 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25284 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25287 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25288 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25290 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25296 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25297 ;;;;;; (19146 53666))
25298 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25300 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25301 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25305 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25309 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25310 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25311 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25312 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25313 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (19146
25315 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25317 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25318 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25319 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25320 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25321 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25322 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25324 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25326 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25328 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25329 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25330 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25331 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25332 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25333 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25334 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25336 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25338 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25339 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25340 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25341 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25342 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25343 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25344 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25346 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25348 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25349 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25350 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25352 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25354 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25355 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25356 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25358 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25360 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25361 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25363 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25365 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25366 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25370 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25371 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25375 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25376 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25377 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25378 chronologically by command name.
25379 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25381 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25383 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25384 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25385 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25386 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25387 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25388 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25390 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25392 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25393 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25394 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25395 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25396 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25397 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25398 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25400 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25401 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25402 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25403 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25405 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25407 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25409 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25410 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25411 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25412 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25414 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25416 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25417 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25423 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25424 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (19104 47397))
25425 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25427 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25428 Studlify-case the region.
25430 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25432 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25433 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25435 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25437 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25438 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25444 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25445 ;;;;;; (18881 58348))
25446 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25448 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25449 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25450 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25451 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25452 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25453 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25454 original message but it does require a few things:
25456 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25458 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25461 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25462 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25465 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25467 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25469 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
25470 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
25471 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25477 ;;;### (autoloads (symbol-completion-try-complete symbol-complete)
25478 ;;;;;; "sym-comp" "progmodes/sym-comp.el" (19099 25565))
25479 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sym-comp.el
25481 (autoload 'symbol-complete "sym-comp" "\
25482 Perform completion of the symbol preceding point.
25483 This is done in a way appropriate to the current major mode,
25484 perhaps by interrogating an inferior interpreter. Compare
25486 If no characters can be completed, display a list of possible completions.
25487 Repeating the command at that point scrolls the list.
25489 When called from a program, optional arg PREDICATE is a predicate
25490 determining which symbols are considered.
25492 This function requires `symbol-completion-completions-function'
25493 to be set buffer-locally. Variables `symbol-completion-symbol-function',
25494 `symbol-completion-predicate-function' and
25495 `symbol-completion-transform-function' are also consulted.
25497 \(fn &optional PREDICATE)" t nil)
25499 (autoload 'symbol-completion-try-complete "sym-comp" "\
25500 Completion function for use with `hippie-expand'.
25501 Uses `symbol-completion-symbol-function' and
25502 `symbol-completion-completions-function'. It is intended to be
25503 used something like this in a major mode which provides symbol
25506 (if (featurep 'hippie-exp)
25507 (set (make-local-variable 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list)
25508 (cons 'symbol-completion-try-complete
25509 hippie-expand-try-functions-list)))
25511 \(fn OLD)" nil nil)
25515 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18785
25517 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25519 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
25521 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
25522 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25523 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25524 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25525 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25526 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
25528 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
25530 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
25531 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
25532 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
25533 otherwise turn it off.
25535 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
25536 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25537 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
25539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25543 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (18785 31828))
25544 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25546 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
25547 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25548 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25549 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25550 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25552 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25554 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
25555 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25556 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25557 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25558 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25559 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25560 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25562 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25566 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25567 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25568 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25569 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25570 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25571 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25572 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25573 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25574 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25575 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25576 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25577 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25578 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (19146 53668))
25579 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25581 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25582 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25583 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25585 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
25587 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25588 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25590 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
25592 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25593 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25595 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
25597 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25598 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25600 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
25602 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
25603 Insert an editable text table.
25604 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25605 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25606 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25607 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25608 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25609 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25614 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25616 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25621 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25622 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25623 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25624 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25627 +-----+-----+-----+
25629 +-----+-----+-----+
25631 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25633 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25634 width, which results as
25636 +--------------+-----+-----+
25638 +--------------+-----+-----+
25640 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25641 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25643 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25645 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25647 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25648 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25649 width information to `table-insert'.
25651 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25657 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25660 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25661 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25663 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25666 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25668 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25670 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25673 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25676 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25678 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25680 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25683 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25686 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25689 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25690 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25691 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25693 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25696 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25699 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25702 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25704 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25707 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25710 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25711 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25712 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25713 | | |expected results.-!- |
25714 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25717 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25719 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25723 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25725 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
25726 Insert N table row(s).
25727 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25728 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25729 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25730 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25734 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
25735 Insert N table column(s).
25736 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25737 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25738 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25739 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25743 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
25744 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25745 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25747 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25749 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
25750 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25751 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25752 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25753 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25754 all the table specific features.
25756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25758 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
25763 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
25764 Recognize all tables within region.
25765 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25766 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25767 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25770 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25772 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
25775 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25777 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
25778 Recognize a table at point.
25779 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25780 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25781 the table specific features.
25783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25785 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
25790 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
25791 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25792 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25793 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25794 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25795 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25796 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25798 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25800 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
25805 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
25806 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25807 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25808 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
25809 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
25810 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
25813 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25815 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
25816 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
25817 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
25818 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
25819 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
25820 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
25821 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
25826 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
25827 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
25828 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
25829 table's rectangle structure.
25831 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25833 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
25834 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
25835 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
25836 table's rectangle structure.
25840 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
25841 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
25842 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25843 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
25844 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
25846 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
25848 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
25849 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
25850 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
25852 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
25853 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
25854 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
25855 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
25856 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
25857 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
25858 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
25860 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25861 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
25862 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
25863 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
25864 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
25865 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
25866 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25868 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
25869 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
25870 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
25871 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
25872 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
25873 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
25874 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
25875 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25877 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
25879 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
25880 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
25881 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25882 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
25884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25886 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
25887 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
25888 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
25890 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
25892 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
25893 Split current cell vertically.
25894 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
25898 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
25899 Split current cell horizontally.
25900 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
25904 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
25905 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
25906 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
25908 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
25910 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
25911 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
25912 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
25913 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
25915 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25917 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
25918 Justify cell contents.
25919 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
25920 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
25921 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
25922 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
25924 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
25926 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
25927 Justify cells of a row.
25928 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25929 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25931 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25933 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
25934 Justify cells of a column.
25935 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25936 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25938 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25940 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
25941 Toggle fixing width mode.
25942 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
25943 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
25944 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
25946 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25948 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
25949 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
25950 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
25951 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
25952 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
25953 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
25954 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
25955 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
25956 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
25957 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
25958 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
25960 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
25962 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
25963 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
25964 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
25965 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
25966 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
25967 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
25968 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
25969 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
25970 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
25971 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
25972 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
25973 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
25976 References used for this implementation:
25979 URL `http://www.w3.org'
25982 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
25984 CALS (DocBook DTD):
25985 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
25986 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
25988 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
25990 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
25991 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
25992 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
25993 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
25994 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
25995 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
25996 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
25997 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
25998 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
25999 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26000 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26001 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26002 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26003 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26004 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26005 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26006 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26011 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26012 (table-forward-cell 15)
26013 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26014 (table-forward-cell 16)
26015 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26016 (table-forward-cell 1)
26017 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26020 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26021 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26022 (table-forward-cell 1)
26023 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26025 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26027 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26028 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26029 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26030 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26031 consists from cells of same height.
26035 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26036 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26037 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26038 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26039 column must consists from cells of same width.
26043 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26044 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26045 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26046 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26047 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26048 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26049 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26050 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26051 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26052 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26053 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26054 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26055 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26056 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26057 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26066 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26067 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26068 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26071 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26073 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26075 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26077 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26081 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26082 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26083 of each row is optional.
26088 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26089 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26090 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26091 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26092 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26094 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26095 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26097 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26098 expression and raw delimiter regular
26099 expression, it parses the specified text
26100 area and extracts cell items from
26101 non-table text and then forms a table out
26104 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26105 creates a single cell table. The text in
26106 the specified region is placed in that
26109 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26112 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26113 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26114 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26116 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26117 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26118 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26119 | area and extracts cell items from |
26120 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26123 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26124 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26125 | the specified region is placed in that |
26127 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26129 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26130 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26133 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26134 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26135 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26136 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26137 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26138 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26139 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26140 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26141 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26143 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26144 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26145 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26146 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26148 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26150 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26151 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26152 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26154 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26156 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26157 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26158 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26159 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26160 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26166 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (18785 31828))
26167 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26169 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26170 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26172 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26174 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26175 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26181 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (19103 26693))
26182 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26184 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26185 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26186 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26187 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26188 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26189 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26190 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26192 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26193 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26194 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26195 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26197 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26204 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26205 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (18790 53122))
26206 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26208 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26209 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26210 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26211 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26212 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26213 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26215 Variables controlling indentation style:
26217 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26218 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26219 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26221 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26222 documentation for details):
26223 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26224 Controls action of TAB key.
26226 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26227 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26228 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26229 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26230 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26232 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26233 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26241 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26242 Run inferior Tcl process.
26243 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26244 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26248 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26249 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26250 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26252 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26256 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (18785 32008))
26257 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26258 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26260 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26261 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26262 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26263 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26265 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26266 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26267 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26268 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26269 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26271 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26272 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26274 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26275 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26276 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26277 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26283 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
26284 ;;;;;; (19131 46631))
26285 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26287 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26288 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26289 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26290 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26291 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26292 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26294 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26296 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26297 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26298 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26299 commands to use in that buffer.
26301 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26303 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26305 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26306 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26308 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26310 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26311 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26312 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26313 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26314 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26315 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26316 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26317 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26318 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26319 use in that buffer.
26320 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26322 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26326 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (18790
26328 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26330 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
26331 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26332 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26333 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26334 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26335 program as keyboard input.
26337 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26338 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26339 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26340 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26342 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26343 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26344 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26345 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26346 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26348 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26350 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26351 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26352 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26353 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26355 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26356 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26357 subprocess started.
26359 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26363 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26364 ;;;;;; (18785 31911))
26365 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26367 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26368 Start coverage on function under point.
26374 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (19104 47795))
26375 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26377 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26378 Play the Tetris game.
26379 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26380 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26381 as to form complete rows.
26383 tetris-mode keybindings:
26384 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26385 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26386 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26387 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26388 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26389 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26390 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26391 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26392 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26398 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26399 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26400 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26401 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26402 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26403 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26404 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26405 ;;;;;; (19146 53668))
26406 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26408 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26409 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26411 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26413 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26414 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26415 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26416 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26417 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26419 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26421 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26422 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26423 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26424 if it matches the first line of the file,
26425 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26427 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26429 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26430 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26431 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26432 if the variable is non-nil.")
26434 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26436 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26437 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26439 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26441 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26442 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26443 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26444 See the documentation of that variable.")
26446 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26448 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26449 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26450 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26451 See the documentation of that variable.")
26453 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26455 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26456 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26457 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26458 See the documentation of that variable.")
26460 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26462 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26463 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26464 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26465 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26466 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26468 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26470 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26471 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26472 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26473 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26475 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26477 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26478 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26479 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26481 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26483 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26484 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26485 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26486 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26488 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26490 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26491 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26492 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26493 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26495 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26497 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26498 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26499 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26500 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26502 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26503 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26506 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26507 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26509 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26512 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26514 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command '(cond ((eq window-system 'x) "xdvi") ((eq window-system 'w32) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s")) "\
26515 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26516 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26517 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26518 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26520 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26522 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26524 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26525 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26526 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26528 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26530 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26531 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26532 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26533 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26534 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26536 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26538 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26539 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26541 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26543 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26544 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26546 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
26548 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26549 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26550 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26551 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26552 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26553 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26554 says which mode to use.
26558 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
26560 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
26562 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
26564 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26565 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26566 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26567 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26568 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26570 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26571 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26572 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26573 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26574 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26575 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26576 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26578 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26579 mismatched $'s or braces.
26582 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26586 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26588 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26589 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26590 tex-dvi-print-command
26591 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26592 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26593 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26594 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26595 tex-dvi-view-command
26596 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26597 tex-show-queue-command
26598 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26599 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26601 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26602 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26603 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26607 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26608 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26609 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26610 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26611 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26613 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26614 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26615 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26616 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26617 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26618 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26619 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26621 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26622 mismatched $'s or braces.
26629 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26631 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26632 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26633 tex-dvi-print-command
26634 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26635 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26636 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26637 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26638 tex-dvi-view-command
26639 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26640 tex-show-queue-command
26641 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26642 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26644 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26645 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26646 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26650 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26651 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26652 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26653 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26654 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26656 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26657 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26658 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26659 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26660 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26661 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26662 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26664 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26665 mismatched $'s or braces.
26668 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26672 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26674 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26675 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26676 tex-dvi-print-command
26677 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26678 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26679 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26680 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26681 tex-dvi-view-command
26682 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26683 tex-show-queue-command
26684 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26685 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26687 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26688 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26689 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26690 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26694 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
26699 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26700 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26706 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26707 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (19146 53668))
26708 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26710 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
26711 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26712 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26713 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26715 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26716 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
26717 `Info-split' to do these manually.
26719 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26721 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
26722 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26723 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26724 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26725 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26727 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26729 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
26730 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26731 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26732 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26734 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26735 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26736 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26737 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26739 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26740 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
26742 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26746 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26747 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (19100 53569))
26748 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26750 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26751 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26753 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
26755 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26756 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26758 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
26760 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
26761 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26763 It has these extra commands:
26764 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26766 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26767 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26768 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26769 modified version of TeX input format.
26771 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26772 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26773 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26774 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26776 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26777 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26778 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26779 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26780 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26781 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26782 in the Texinfo file.
26784 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26785 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26786 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26787 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26788 move forward past the closing brace.
26790 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26791 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26793 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26794 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26795 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26797 Here are the functions:
26799 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26800 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26801 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26803 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26804 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26805 texinfo-master-menu
26807 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26809 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26810 which menu descriptions are indented.
26812 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26813 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26816 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26817 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26818 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26819 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26821 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26822 be the first node in the file.
26824 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
26825 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
26831 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
26832 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
26833 ;;;;;; (18785 31989))
26834 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
26836 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
26837 Compose Thai characters in the region.
26838 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
26839 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
26841 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26843 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
26844 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
26846 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26848 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
26849 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
26853 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
26856 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
26860 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
26861 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
26862 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (18921 19315))
26863 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
26865 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
26866 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
26868 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
26870 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
26871 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
26872 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26873 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26874 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26876 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26877 a symbol as a valid THING.
26879 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
26880 of the textual entity that was found.
26882 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26884 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
26885 Return the THING at point.
26886 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26887 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26888 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26890 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26891 a symbol as a valid THING.
26893 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26895 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
26896 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
26900 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
26901 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
26905 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
26906 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
26910 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
26911 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
26917 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
26918 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
26919 ;;;;;; (18785 31829))
26920 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
26922 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
26923 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
26927 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
26928 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
26929 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
26930 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
26932 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
26934 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
26935 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
26939 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
26940 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
26944 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
26946 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
26947 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
26953 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
26954 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
26955 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
26956 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
26957 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (18785
26959 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
26961 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
26962 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
26963 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
26967 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
26968 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
26970 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26972 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
26973 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
26974 The returned string has no composition information.
26976 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26978 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
26979 Compose Tibetan string STR.
26981 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26983 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
26984 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
26986 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26988 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
26989 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
26990 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
26991 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26993 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26995 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
26996 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
26997 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
26998 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27000 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27002 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27003 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27004 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27008 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27009 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27010 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27014 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27017 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27019 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27022 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27024 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27027 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27031 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27032 ;;;;;; (18785 32093))
27033 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27035 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27036 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27037 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27038 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27040 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27042 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27044 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27045 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27046 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27047 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27049 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27055 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
27056 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27057 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (19146 53665))
27058 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27060 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27061 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27063 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27064 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27066 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27067 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27068 This display updates automatically every minute.
27069 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27070 are displayed as well.
27071 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27075 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27076 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27077 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27078 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27079 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27080 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27082 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27084 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27085 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27086 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27088 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27089 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27090 are displayed as well.
27091 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27095 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27096 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27097 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27098 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27102 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27103 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27104 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27105 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27107 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27109 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27110 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27116 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
27117 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
27118 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
27119 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
27120 ;;;;;; (19111 30075))
27121 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27123 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27124 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27126 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27127 (if (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27128 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time)))
27130 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27131 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
27132 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27134 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27135 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27137 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27139 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27140 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27142 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27144 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27145 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27147 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27149 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27150 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27151 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27153 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27155 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27157 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27158 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27159 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27161 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27163 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27164 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27166 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27168 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27169 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27170 DATE should be a date-time string.
27172 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27174 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27175 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27176 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27178 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27180 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27181 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27183 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27185 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27186 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27188 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27190 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27191 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27192 TIME should be a time value.
27193 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27195 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27197 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27198 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27199 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27201 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27203 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27204 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27205 The valid format specifiers are:
27206 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27207 %d is the number of days.
27208 %h is the number of hours.
27209 %m is the number of minutes.
27210 %s is the number of seconds.
27211 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27212 %% is a literal \"%\".
27214 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27215 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27217 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27218 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27219 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27221 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27222 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27223 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27225 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27227 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27231 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27232 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (19125 13420))
27233 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27234 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27235 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27236 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27237 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27238 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27239 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27240 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27241 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27243 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27244 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27245 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27246 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27247 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27248 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27249 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27250 look like one of the following:
27253 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27254 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27255 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27256 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27257 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27258 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27259 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27264 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27265 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27266 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27268 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27272 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27273 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27274 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27275 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27276 ;;;;;; (19146 53665))
27277 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27279 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
27280 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27281 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27282 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27283 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27284 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27285 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27286 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27287 display (non-nil means on).
27289 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27291 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27292 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27293 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27294 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27295 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27296 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27297 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27298 this function is called within a day.
27300 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27301 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27302 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27303 discover the name of the project.
27305 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27307 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27308 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27309 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27310 begun during the last time segment.
27312 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27313 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27314 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27315 discover the reason.
27317 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27319 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27320 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27321 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27322 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27323 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27325 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27327 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27328 Change to working on a different project.
27329 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27330 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27331 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27334 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27336 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27337 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27338 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27342 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27343 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27344 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27348 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27349 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27350 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27351 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27352 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27353 \"relative to today\".
27355 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27357 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27358 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27359 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27360 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27362 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27364 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27365 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27366 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27367 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27368 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27369 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27371 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27375 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27376 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (18837 26983))
27377 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27379 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27380 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27381 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27382 the generated Quail package is saved.
27384 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27386 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27387 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27388 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27389 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27390 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27391 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27392 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27394 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27398 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27399 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (18790 54821))
27400 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27401 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27402 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27404 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27405 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27406 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27407 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27408 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27410 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27412 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27413 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27414 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27415 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27416 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27418 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27420 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27421 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27422 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27423 in the menu in two ways:
27424 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27425 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27426 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27428 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27429 keymap or an alist of alists.
27430 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27431 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27433 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27437 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27438 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27439 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (19146 53665))
27440 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27442 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
27443 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27445 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
27447 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
27448 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27450 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27452 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
27453 Insert new TODO list entry.
27454 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27459 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
27460 List top priorities for each category.
27462 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27463 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27465 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27466 between each category.
27468 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27470 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
27471 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27472 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27473 between each category.
27475 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27477 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27479 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27480 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27486 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
27487 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27491 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27498 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27499 ;;;;;; (19146 53666))
27500 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27502 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27503 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27504 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27505 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27506 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27507 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27509 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
27511 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
27514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27516 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
27518 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
27519 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27525 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
27526 ;;;;;; (18785 31919))
27527 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
27529 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
27530 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
27532 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
27533 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
27534 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
27535 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
27536 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
27538 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
27539 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
27540 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
27541 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
27542 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
27544 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
27549 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
27550 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
27551 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
27552 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
27553 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
27554 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
27560 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (18785 31911))
27561 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27563 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
27564 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27565 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27566 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27567 to a tcp server on another machine.
27569 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27573 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27574 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (19046 32081))
27575 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27577 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27578 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27580 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
27582 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
27583 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27584 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27585 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27586 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27587 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27588 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27589 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27591 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27593 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
27594 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27595 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27596 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27597 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27598 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27599 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27600 the window or buffer configuration.
27602 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27604 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27608 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27609 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27610 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
27611 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (19146 53667))
27612 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27614 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
27615 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
27616 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
27618 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
27620 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
27621 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
27623 It can have the following values:
27625 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
27626 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
27627 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
27629 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
27631 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):" "\
27632 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27633 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27634 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27636 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27637 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27638 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27639 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27641 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
27642 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
27643 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27645 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
27646 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
27647 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
27648 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27649 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27650 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27651 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
27652 files which are not really Tramp files.
27654 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27655 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27656 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27657 updated after changing this variable.
27659 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27661 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "\\`/") "\
27662 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
27663 Usually, it is just \"\\\\`/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
27664 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
27666 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*\\'") "\
27667 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27668 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
27669 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27671 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'") "\
27672 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27673 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27674 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27676 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'") "\
27677 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
27678 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27680 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
27681 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
27682 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
27684 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27685 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27686 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27687 updated after changing this variable.
27689 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27691 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
27692 Alist of completion handler functions.
27693 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
27694 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
27695 normal Emacs functions.")
27697 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27698 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
27699 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27700 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27702 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27703 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
27704 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27705 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27707 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
27708 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27709 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
27711 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27713 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
27714 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
27715 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) partial-completion-mode) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
27717 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
27718 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
27719 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
27721 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
27726 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
27727 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
27729 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27731 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
27732 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
27734 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
27736 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
27737 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
27743 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
27744 ;;;;;; (19146 53667))
27745 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
27747 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
27754 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (19146
27756 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
27758 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
27759 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
27760 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
27761 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
27762 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
27763 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
27764 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
27765 any question when restarting the tutorial.
27767 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
27768 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
27769 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
27771 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
27772 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
27775 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
27779 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
27780 ;;;;;; (18785 31990))
27781 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
27783 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
27786 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
27790 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
27791 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (19088 18202))
27792 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
27793 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
27794 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
27795 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
27797 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
27798 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
27799 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
27800 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
27801 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
27802 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
27803 first and the associated buffer to its right.
27805 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27807 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
27808 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
27809 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
27810 accepting the proposed default buffer.
27812 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27816 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
27817 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
27818 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
27819 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
27820 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
27821 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
27822 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
27824 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
27825 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
27827 First column's text sSs Second column's text
27830 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
27832 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27838 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
27839 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
27840 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
27841 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
27842 ;;;;;; (19146 53665))
27843 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
27845 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
27846 Toggle typing break mode.
27847 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
27848 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27849 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
27851 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
27853 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
27854 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
27856 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
27858 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
27859 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
27861 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
27862 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
27863 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
27865 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
27866 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
27868 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
27870 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
27871 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
27873 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
27874 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
27875 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
27876 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
27878 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
27880 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
27881 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
27882 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
27884 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
27885 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
27886 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
27887 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
27888 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
27889 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
27891 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
27892 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
27893 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
27894 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
27896 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
27897 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
27899 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
27900 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
27902 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
27904 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
27905 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
27906 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
27908 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
27909 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
27910 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
27911 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
27912 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
27913 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
27914 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
27916 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
27917 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
27919 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
27920 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
27921 reset the keystroke counter.
27923 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
27924 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
27925 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
27926 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
27928 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
27929 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
27930 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
27931 `type-break-schedule' command.
27933 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
27934 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
27935 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
27936 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
27937 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
27938 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
27939 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
27940 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
27941 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
27943 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
27944 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
27945 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
27946 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
27947 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
27949 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
27950 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
27951 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
27952 approximate good values for this.
27954 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
27955 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
27957 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
27958 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
27959 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
27960 `type-break-warning-repeat'
27961 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
27962 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
27964 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
27965 a typing break occur. They include:
27967 `type-break-query-mode'
27968 `type-break-query-function'
27969 `type-break-query-interval'
27971 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
27973 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
27974 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
27975 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
27978 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
27980 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
27981 Take a typing break.
27983 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
27984 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
27986 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
27987 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
27991 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
27992 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
27993 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
27994 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
27998 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
27999 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28001 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28002 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28003 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28004 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28005 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28006 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28007 average typing speed.)
28009 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28010 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28011 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28012 the computed maximum threshold.
28014 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28015 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28016 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28017 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28018 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28020 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28024 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (19141 18867))
28025 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28027 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28028 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28029 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28030 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28031 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28033 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28037 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
28038 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
28039 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
28040 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
28041 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
28042 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (19096 8298))
28043 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28045 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28046 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28048 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28050 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28051 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28053 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28055 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28056 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28058 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28060 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28061 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28063 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28065 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28066 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28068 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28070 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28071 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28073 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28075 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28076 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28078 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28080 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28081 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28083 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28085 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28086 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28088 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28090 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28091 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28093 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28095 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28096 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28098 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28100 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28101 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28103 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28107 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28108 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (18785 32094))
28109 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28111 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28112 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28113 Works by overstriking underscores.
28114 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28115 which specify the range to operate on.
28117 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28119 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28120 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28121 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28122 which specify the range to operate on.
28124 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28128 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28129 ;;;;;; (19028 3605))
28130 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28132 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28133 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
28134 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28135 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28136 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28137 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28141 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28142 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28144 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28148 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (18785
28150 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28152 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28153 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28154 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28155 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28157 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28161 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28162 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (18785 32101))
28163 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28165 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28166 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28167 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28169 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28170 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28171 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28172 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28173 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28174 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28176 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28177 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28178 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28180 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28181 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28182 the callback is not called).
28184 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28185 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28186 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28189 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28191 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28192 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28193 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28194 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28195 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28197 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28201 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28202 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (18785 32095))
28203 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28205 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28206 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28207 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28209 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28210 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28211 `url-generic-parse-url'
28212 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28213 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28214 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28216 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28217 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28218 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28219 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28220 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28221 what type of auth to use
28222 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28223 if one cannot be found in the cache
28225 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28227 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28228 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28230 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28231 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28232 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28233 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28234 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28235 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28236 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28237 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28239 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28243 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28244 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (18785
28246 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28248 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28249 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28251 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28253 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28254 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28256 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28258 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28259 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28261 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28263 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
28264 Return t if a cached file has expired.
28266 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28270 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (18790 49739))
28271 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28273 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28276 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28280 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28281 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (18785 32096))
28282 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28284 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28287 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28289 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28292 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28296 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (19116
28298 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28300 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28301 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28303 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28307 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28308 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (18785 32097))
28309 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28311 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28312 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28316 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28317 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28318 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28319 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28320 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28322 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28326 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28327 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
28328 ;;;;;; (19117 25188))
28329 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28331 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28332 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28333 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28334 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28335 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28336 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28338 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28340 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28341 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28345 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28346 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28347 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28348 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28350 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28352 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28353 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28354 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28355 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28356 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28357 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28358 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28359 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28360 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28361 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28363 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28365 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28366 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28367 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28370 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28372 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28375 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28379 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28380 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (19141 18872))
28381 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28383 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
28384 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28385 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28386 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28387 CBARGS as the arguments.
28389 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28391 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
28394 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28396 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
28398 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
28401 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28403 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
28404 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28405 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28407 Property list members:
28410 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28414 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28418 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28421 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28424 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28425 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28426 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28429 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28431 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28432 Default HTTPS port.")
28434 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28435 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28436 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28438 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28439 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28440 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28441 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28442 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28446 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (18785 32099))
28447 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28449 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28452 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28456 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (18785
28458 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28460 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28461 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28462 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28463 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28464 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28466 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28470 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28471 ;;;;;; (18785 32099))
28472 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28474 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28477 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28479 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28480 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28482 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28486 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28487 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (18785 32099))
28488 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28490 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28491 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28493 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28495 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28496 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28498 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28500 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28503 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28505 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28507 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28509 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28511 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28512 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28514 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28518 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28519 ;;;;;; (18785 32100))
28520 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28522 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28525 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28527 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28530 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28534 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28535 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28536 ;;;;;; (18785 32100))
28537 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28539 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28542 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28544 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28547 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28549 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28552 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28554 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28557 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28559 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28562 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28564 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28567 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28569 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28572 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28576 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28577 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (18785 32100))
28578 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28580 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28581 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28583 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28585 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28586 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28587 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28588 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
28590 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28594 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28595 ;;;;;; (19088 26847))
28596 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28598 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
28599 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28605 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28606 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28607 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
28608 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
28609 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
28610 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
28611 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (18832 62497))
28612 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28614 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28615 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28616 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28618 If t, all messages will be logged.
28619 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28620 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28622 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
28624 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
28627 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28629 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
28632 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28634 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
28635 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28636 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28637 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28638 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28644 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28646 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
28647 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28648 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28650 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28652 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
28653 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28654 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28656 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28658 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
28659 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28661 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28663 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
28664 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28668 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
28669 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28673 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
28678 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
28681 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28683 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
28686 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28688 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
28690 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
28691 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
28693 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
28695 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
28696 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
28698 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
28700 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
28703 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28705 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
28706 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
28707 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
28708 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
28709 forbidden in URL encoding.
28711 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28713 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
28714 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
28715 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
28716 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
28717 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
28718 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
28720 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28722 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
28723 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
28724 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
28725 of the file with the extension stripped off.
28727 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
28729 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
28730 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
28731 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
28733 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
28735 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
28736 View the current document's URL.
28737 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
28740 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
28742 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
28746 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
28747 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (18785 31831))
28748 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
28750 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
28751 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
28752 This function has a choice of three things to do:
28753 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
28754 to refrain from editing the file
28755 return t (grab the lock on the file)
28756 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
28757 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
28758 in any way you like.
28760 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
28762 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
28763 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
28764 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
28765 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
28766 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
28768 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
28769 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
28775 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
28776 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
28777 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (18785 31984))
28778 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
28780 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
28783 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28785 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
28788 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28790 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
28793 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28795 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
28798 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28802 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
28803 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
28804 ;;;;;; (18785 31998))
28805 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
28807 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
28808 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
28809 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
28810 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
28812 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28814 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
28815 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
28816 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28818 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28820 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
28821 Uudecode region between START and END.
28822 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28824 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
28828 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
28829 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
28830 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-print-root-log vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag
28831 ;;;;;; vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window
28832 ;;;;;; vc-root-diff vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action
28833 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook)
28834 ;;;;;; "vc" "vc.el" (19146 53665))
28835 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
28837 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
28838 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
28841 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
28843 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
28844 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
28845 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
28847 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
28849 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
28850 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
28853 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
28855 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
28856 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
28857 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
28859 For locking systems:
28860 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
28862 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
28863 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
28864 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
28865 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
28866 it performs a revert on that file.
28867 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
28868 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
28869 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
28870 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
28871 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
28872 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
28873 given the option to steal the lock(s).
28875 For merging systems:
28876 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
28877 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
28878 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
28879 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
28880 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
28881 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
28882 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
28883 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
28884 merge in the changes into your working copy.
28886 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
28888 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
28889 Register into a version control system.
28890 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
28891 Otherwise register the current file.
28892 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
28893 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
28895 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
28896 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
28897 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
28898 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
28899 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
28900 first backend that could register the file is used.
28902 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
28904 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
28905 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
28907 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
28909 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
28910 Display diffs between file revisions.
28911 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
28912 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
28913 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
28915 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
28918 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
28920 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
28921 Display diffs between file revisions.
28922 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
28923 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
28924 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
28926 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
28929 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
28931 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
28932 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
28933 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
28934 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
28938 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
28939 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
28940 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
28941 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
28945 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
28946 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
28947 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
28948 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
28949 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
28950 from the current branch.
28952 See Info node `Merging'.
28956 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
28958 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
28959 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
28960 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
28961 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
28962 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
28963 checked out in that new branch.
28965 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
28967 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
28968 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
28969 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
28970 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
28971 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
28972 allowed and simply skipped).
28974 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
28976 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
28977 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
28978 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
28980 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION)" t nil)
28982 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
28983 List the change log of for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
28987 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
28988 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
28989 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
28990 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
28994 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
28995 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
28996 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
28997 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29001 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29003 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
29004 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
29005 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
29006 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
29007 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
29008 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
29012 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29013 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29014 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29015 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29016 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29017 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29018 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29020 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29022 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29023 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29024 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29025 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29026 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29027 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29028 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29029 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29030 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29032 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29034 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29035 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29039 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29040 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29042 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29044 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29045 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29046 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29049 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29051 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29052 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29053 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29055 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29056 log entries should be gathered.
29058 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29060 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29061 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29063 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29067 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc-annotate.el" (19114
29069 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-annotate.el
29071 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29072 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29074 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29075 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29076 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29077 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29078 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29079 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29081 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29082 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number; then the buffer
29083 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29084 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29085 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29086 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29087 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29088 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29090 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29092 Customization variables:
29094 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29095 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29096 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29097 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29099 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO)" t nil)
29103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (19091 42388))
29104 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29105 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29106 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29109 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (19117 51423))
29114 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
29116 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29117 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29119 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
29120 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29121 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29124 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (19141 18857))
29129 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29130 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29131 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29132 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29134 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29138 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc-dir.el" (19146 53665))
29139 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dir.el
29141 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29142 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29143 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29144 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29145 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29147 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29148 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29149 The file lines appear later.
29151 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29152 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29154 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29156 \\<vc-dir-mode-map>
29158 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29162 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc-dispatcher.el"
29163 ;;;;;; (19141 18857))
29164 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dispatcher.el
29166 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29167 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29168 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29169 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29170 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29171 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29172 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29173 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29174 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29175 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29176 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29177 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29178 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29179 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29180 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29182 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (19126 34762))
29187 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
29188 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29189 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29190 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; short cut
29193 (vc-git-registered file))))
29197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (19146 53665))
29198 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
29199 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29200 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29201 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29204 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (19117 51615))
29209 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
29211 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
29213 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
29214 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29215 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29218 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29222 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29223 ;;;;;; (19130 52558))
29224 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29226 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s") "\
29227 Where to look for RCS master files.
29228 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29230 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29232 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29236 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29237 ;;;;;; (19130 52558))
29238 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29240 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir) "\
29241 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29242 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29244 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29245 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29247 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29248 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29249 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29250 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (19117 51615))
29255 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29256 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29257 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29258 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29261 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29262 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29263 (file-name-directory f)))
29265 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29269 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
29270 ;;;;;; (19046 33387))
29271 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29272 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.vr[hi]?\\'" . vera-mode))
29274 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29275 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29280 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29281 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29282 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29283 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29285 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29286 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29287 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29290 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29291 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29293 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29294 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29296 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29297 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29298 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29300 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29306 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29307 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29309 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29311 Official distribution is at
29312 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29315 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29316 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29327 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29328 ;;;;;; (19100 37533))
29329 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29331 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29332 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29333 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29334 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29335 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29337 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29339 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29340 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29342 Supports highlighting.
29344 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29345 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29347 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29349 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29350 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29351 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29352 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29353 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29354 on the left side of your screen.
29355 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29356 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29357 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29358 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29359 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29360 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29362 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29363 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29364 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29365 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29368 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29369 Indentation for case statements.
29370 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29371 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29373 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29374 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29375 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29376 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29377 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29378 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29379 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29380 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29381 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29383 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29387 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29388 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29389 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29390 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29391 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29392 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29393 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29394 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29395 comments in tight quarters.
29396 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29397 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29399 Variables controlling other actions:
29401 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29402 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29403 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29405 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29407 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29409 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29410 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29411 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29413 Some other functions are:
29415 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29416 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29417 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29418 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29419 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29421 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29422 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29423 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29424 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29426 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29427 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29428 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29429 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29430 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29431 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29432 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29433 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29434 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29435 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29436 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29437 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29438 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29439 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29440 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29441 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29442 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29443 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29444 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29445 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29446 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29447 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
29448 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
29449 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
29450 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
29451 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
29452 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
29453 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
29455 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
29456 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
29458 \\{verilog-mode-map}
29464 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29465 ;;;;;; (19088 18200))
29466 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29468 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
29469 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29474 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29475 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29476 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29477 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29478 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29479 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29480 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29481 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29482 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29484 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29485 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29486 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29487 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29489 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29490 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29491 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29492 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29493 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29495 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29496 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29500 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29501 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29502 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29506 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29507 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29508 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29509 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29511 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29512 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29513 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29514 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29515 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29519 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29520 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29521 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29522 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29524 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29525 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29526 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29527 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29528 beginning with \"std\").
29530 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29531 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29532 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29537 `--' puts a single comment.
29538 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29539 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29540 with a comment in between.
29541 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29542 out following lines.
29543 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29544 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29546 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29547 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29548 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29549 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29550 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29553 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29554 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29555 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29556 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29557 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29558 multi-line comments.
29562 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29563 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29564 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29565 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29567 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29568 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29569 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29570 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29572 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29573 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29576 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29577 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29581 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29582 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29583 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29584 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29585 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29586 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29587 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29588 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29590 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29591 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29592 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29593 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29594 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29597 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29598 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29599 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29601 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29602 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29606 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29607 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29608 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29609 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29610 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29611 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29614 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29615 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29616 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29617 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29620 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29624 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29625 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29626 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29627 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29628 internal signal initializations (menu).
29630 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29631 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29632 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29634 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29635 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29636 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29637 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29638 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29639 in subsequent paste operations.)
29641 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29642 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29643 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29646 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29647 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29648 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29649 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29650 association list with formals).
29653 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29654 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29655 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29656 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29657 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29658 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29659 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29660 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29665 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29669 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29673 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29674 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29675 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29677 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29678 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29681 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29682 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29683 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29684 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29686 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29687 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29688 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29690 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29691 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29692 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29693 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29695 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29696 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29697 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29698 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29699 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29701 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29702 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29703 required by secondary units.
29706 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29707 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29708 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29709 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29710 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29711 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29712 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29713 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29714 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29715 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29716 inputs to this component -> input port created
29717 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29718 outputs from this component -> output port created
29719 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29720 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29722 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29723 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29724 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29725 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29726 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29728 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29729 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29731 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29732 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29733 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29734 component instantiation is also supported (option
29735 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29737 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29738 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29739 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29740 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29741 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29742 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29743 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29744 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29745 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29746 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29747 | generating the configuration.
29749 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29750 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29751 | configurations in speedbar.
29753 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29756 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29757 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29758 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29759 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29760 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29761 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29762 information. New compilers can be added.
29764 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29765 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29768 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29769 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29770 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29771 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29772 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29774 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29777 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29778 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29779 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29781 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29782 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29783 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29784 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29785 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29786 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29787 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29790 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29791 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29792 not (yet) supported.
29793 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29794 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29795 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29799 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29800 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29801 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29802 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29803 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29804 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29805 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29806 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29808 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29809 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29810 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29811 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29812 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29813 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29814 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29815 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29816 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29817 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29818 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29822 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29823 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29824 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29825 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29826 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29827 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29828 current directory for VHDL source files.
29832 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29833 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29837 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29838 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29839 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29840 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29841 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29842 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29843 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29844 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29847 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29848 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29849 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29850 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29851 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29852 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29853 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29855 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29856 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29857 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29858 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29859 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29860 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29862 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29863 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29864 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29865 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29866 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29869 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29870 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29871 highlighted if written in lower case.
29873 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29874 highlighted using a different background color if option
29875 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29877 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29878 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29879 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29880 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29881 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29885 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29886 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29887 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29891 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29892 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29893 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29894 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29895 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29899 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29900 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29902 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29903 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29904 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29905 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29906 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29907 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29908 (used to obtain the port names).
29912 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29913 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29917 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29918 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29919 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29920 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29921 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29922 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29923 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29928 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29929 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29930 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29931 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29932 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29934 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29935 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29936 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29937 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29938 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29941 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29942 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29946 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29947 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29948 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29950 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
29954 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
29955 a VHDL file first, use the command:
29957 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
29959 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
29961 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
29965 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
29971 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
29972 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29974 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
29976 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
29977 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
29978 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
29979 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
29981 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
29982 URL `http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html'
29983 where the latest version can be found.
29989 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
29990 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
29991 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
29994 The VHDL Mode Authors
29995 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30006 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (19088 19010))
30007 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30009 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30010 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30011 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30012 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30014 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30015 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30016 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30017 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30018 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30020 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30021 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30023 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30025 * Limitations and unsupported features
30026 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30028 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30029 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30032 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30033 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30034 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30035 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30036 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30037 for undoing a repeated change command.
30038 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30039 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30040 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30043 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30044 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30045 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30046 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30047 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30048 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30049 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30050 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30052 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30058 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30059 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30060 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30061 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (18785 31990))
30062 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30064 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30065 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30067 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30069 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30070 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30071 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30072 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30074 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30076 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30077 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30081 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30082 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30083 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30084 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30086 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30088 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30089 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30093 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30096 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30098 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30101 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30105 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30106 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30107 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30108 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
30109 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (19130 52559))
30110 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30112 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30113 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30114 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30116 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30118 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30119 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30120 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30121 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30123 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30125 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30126 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30128 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30130 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30131 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30132 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30133 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30134 moving around in the buffer.
30135 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30136 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30138 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30142 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30143 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30144 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30145 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30147 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30148 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30149 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30150 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30151 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30153 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30157 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30158 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30159 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30160 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30163 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30164 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30165 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30166 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30167 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30169 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30173 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30174 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30175 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30176 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30177 moving around in the buffer.
30178 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30179 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30181 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30183 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30184 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30185 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30187 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30188 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30189 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30190 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30192 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30194 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30195 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30196 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30197 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30198 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30199 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30200 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30201 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30203 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30205 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30206 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30207 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30209 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30211 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30212 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30213 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30214 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30215 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30216 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30217 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30218 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30220 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30222 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30223 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30224 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30226 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30228 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30229 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30230 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
30233 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30234 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30235 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30238 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30239 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30240 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30241 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30242 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30244 H, h, ? This message.
30245 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30246 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30247 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30248 > move to the end of buffer.
30249 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30250 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30251 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30252 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30253 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30254 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30255 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30256 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30257 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30258 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30259 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30260 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30261 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30262 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30263 Use this to view a changing file.
30264 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30265 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30266 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30268 x exchanges point and mark.
30269 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30270 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30271 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30272 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30273 ' go to position saved in character register.
30274 s do forward incremental search.
30275 r do reverse incremental search.
30276 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30277 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30278 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30279 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30280 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30281 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30282 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30283 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30284 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30285 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30286 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30287 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30288 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30289 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30290 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30291 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30292 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30294 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30295 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30296 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30297 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30298 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30299 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30300 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30301 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30302 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30304 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30306 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30308 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30309 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30310 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30311 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30312 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
30313 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30314 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30315 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30316 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30318 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30320 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30321 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30322 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
30323 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
30324 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
30325 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30326 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30328 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
30329 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30330 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
30331 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
30332 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30334 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
30335 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
30337 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30338 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30339 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30340 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
30342 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30344 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30346 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30348 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30349 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30355 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (18790
30357 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30359 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
30360 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30364 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
30365 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30371 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30372 ;;;;;; (19146 53666))
30373 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30375 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30376 Toggle Viper on/off.
30377 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30381 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30382 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30388 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30389 ;;;;;; (18785 31913))
30390 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30392 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30393 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30394 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30395 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30396 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30397 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30398 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30399 the beginning of the warning.")
30401 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30402 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30403 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30404 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30405 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30406 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30407 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30408 also call that function before the next warning.")
30410 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30411 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30413 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30414 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30415 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30416 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30418 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30419 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30420 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30421 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30422 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30423 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30425 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30426 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30427 Default is :warning.
30429 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30430 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30431 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30432 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30433 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30434 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30436 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30437 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30438 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30440 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30442 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30443 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30445 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30447 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30448 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30449 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30450 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30452 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30453 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30454 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30455 can be whatever you like.)
30457 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30458 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30460 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30461 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30462 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30463 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30464 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30466 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30468 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30469 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30470 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30471 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30472 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30474 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30478 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30479 ;;;;;; (19130 52559))
30480 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30482 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30483 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30484 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30485 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30486 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30495 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (18785 32010))
30496 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30498 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
30499 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30501 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30504 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30511 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30512 ;;;;;; (18935 30030))
30513 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30514 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30515 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30517 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
30519 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30520 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30521 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30522 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30523 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30524 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30526 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
30528 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
30529 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30530 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30531 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30533 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
30536 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30540 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
30541 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
30542 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
30543 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (19146 53665))
30544 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30546 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
30547 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
30549 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
30550 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30551 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30552 Only useful with a windowing system.
30554 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
30555 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30559 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
30560 Toggle NEWLINE minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
30562 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
30563 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30564 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30565 Only useful with a windowing system.
30567 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
30568 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
30569 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
30570 use `whitespace-mode'.
30572 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30576 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
30577 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
30578 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30579 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30580 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30581 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
30583 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
30585 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
30586 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
30588 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
30589 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30590 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30591 Only useful with a windowing system.
30593 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
30594 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30598 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
30599 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
30600 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30601 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30602 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30603 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
30605 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
30607 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
30608 Toggle NEWLINE global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
30610 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
30611 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30612 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30613 Only useful with a windowing system.
30615 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
30616 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
30617 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
30618 please, use `global-whitespace-mode'.
30620 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30624 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
30625 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
30627 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
30628 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
30630 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
30631 and restart local whitespace-mode.
30633 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
30637 t toggle TAB visualization
30638 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
30639 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
30640 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
30641 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
30642 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
30643 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
30644 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
30645 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
30646 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
30647 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
30648 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
30649 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
30650 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
30651 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
30652 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
30654 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
30655 T toggle TAB visualization
30656 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
30657 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
30659 x restore `whitespace-style' value
30660 ? display brief help
30662 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
30663 The valid symbols are:
30665 tabs toggle TAB visualization
30666 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
30667 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
30668 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
30669 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
30670 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
30671 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
30672 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
30673 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
30674 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
30675 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
30676 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
30677 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
30678 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
30679 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
30680 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
30682 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
30683 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
30684 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
30686 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
30688 Only useful with a windowing system.
30690 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
30694 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
30695 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
30697 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
30698 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
30700 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
30701 and restart global whitespace-mode.
30703 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
30707 t toggle TAB visualization
30708 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
30709 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
30710 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
30711 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
30712 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
30713 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
30714 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
30715 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
30716 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
30717 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
30718 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
30719 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
30720 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
30721 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
30722 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
30724 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
30725 T toggle TAB visualization
30726 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
30727 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
30729 x restore `whitespace-style' value
30730 ? display brief help
30732 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
30733 The valid symbols are:
30735 tabs toggle TAB visualization
30736 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
30737 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
30738 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
30739 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
30740 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
30741 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
30742 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
30743 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
30744 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
30745 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
30746 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
30747 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
30748 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
30749 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
30750 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
30752 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
30753 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
30754 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
30756 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
30758 Only useful with a windowing system.
30760 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
30764 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
30765 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
30767 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
30768 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
30769 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
30770 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
30771 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
30773 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
30775 The problems cleaned up are:
30777 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
30778 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
30779 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
30780 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
30782 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
30783 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
30784 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
30785 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
30787 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
30788 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
30789 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
30790 replace TABs by SPACEs.
30792 4. SPACEs before TAB.
30793 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
30794 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
30795 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
30796 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
30797 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
30798 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
30799 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
30801 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
30802 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
30803 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
30805 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
30806 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
30807 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
30808 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
30809 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
30810 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
30811 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
30812 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
30814 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
30819 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
30820 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
30822 The problems cleaned up are:
30824 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
30825 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
30826 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
30827 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
30829 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
30830 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
30831 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
30832 replace TABs by SPACEs.
30834 2. SPACEs before TAB.
30835 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
30836 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
30837 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
30838 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
30839 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
30840 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
30841 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
30843 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
30844 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
30845 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
30847 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
30848 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
30849 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
30850 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
30851 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
30852 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
30853 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
30854 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
30856 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
30859 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30861 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
30862 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
30864 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
30867 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
30868 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
30869 `whitespace-style' to have:
30877 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
30878 whitespace problems in buffer.
30880 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
30882 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
30883 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
30884 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
30885 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
30886 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
30887 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
30888 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
30890 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
30891 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
30892 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
30893 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
30894 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
30895 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
30896 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
30898 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
30899 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
30900 cleaning up these problems.
30902 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
30904 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
30905 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
30907 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
30910 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
30911 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
30912 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
30920 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
30921 whitespace problems in buffer.
30923 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
30925 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
30926 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
30927 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
30928 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
30929 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
30930 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
30931 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
30933 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
30934 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
30935 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
30936 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
30937 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
30938 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
30939 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
30941 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
30942 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
30943 cleaning up these problems.
30945 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
30949 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30950 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (18785 31836))
30951 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30953 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
30954 Browse the widget under point.
30958 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
30959 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30961 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30963 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
30964 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30966 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30968 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
30969 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30970 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30976 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30977 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (19113
30979 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30981 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
30982 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
30984 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30986 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
30987 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30988 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30990 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30992 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
30993 Create widget of TYPE.
30994 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30996 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30998 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31001 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31003 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31004 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31006 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31008 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31009 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31010 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
31012 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31013 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31019 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31020 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (18785
31022 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31024 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31025 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31026 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31027 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31028 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31029 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31030 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31032 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31034 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31035 Select the window above the current one.
31036 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31037 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31038 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31039 negative ARG) of the current window.
31040 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31042 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31044 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31045 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31046 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31047 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31048 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31049 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31050 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31054 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31055 Select the window below the current one.
31056 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31057 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31058 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31059 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31060 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31064 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31065 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31066 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31067 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31069 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31073 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
31074 ;;;;;; (19146 53665))
31075 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31077 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31078 Toggle Winner mode.
31079 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31080 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
31082 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31084 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31085 Toggle Winner mode.
31086 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31088 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31092 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman woman-locale)
31093 ;;;;;; "woman" "woman.el" (19100 52259))
31094 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31096 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31097 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31098 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31099 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31100 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31102 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31104 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31105 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31106 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31107 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31108 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31109 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31110 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31111 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31113 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31114 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31116 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31118 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31119 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31123 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31124 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31125 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31126 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31127 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31128 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31129 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31130 `woman' command for further details.
31132 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31136 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31137 ;;;;;; (19116 21893))
31138 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31140 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31141 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31144 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31145 are not implemented
31146 - Options for search and replace
31147 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31148 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31150 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31153 The key bindings are:
31163 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31165 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31166 C-l ws-repeat-search
31169 C-r scroll-down-line
31176 C-y kill-complete-line
31179 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31180 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31181 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31182 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31183 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31184 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31185 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31186 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31187 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31188 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31189 C-k b ws-begin-block
31190 C-k c ws-copy-block
31191 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31193 C-k h ws-show-markers
31194 C-k i ws-indent-block
31196 C-k p ws-print-block
31199 C-k s save-some-buffers
31201 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31202 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31203 C-k v ws-move-block
31204 C-k w ws-write-block
31206 C-k y ws-delete-block
31208 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31209 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31210 C-o j justify-current-line
31213 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31214 C-o r set-fill-column
31215 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31216 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31217 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
31218 C-o wo other-window
31219 C-o wv split-window-vertically
31221 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31222 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31223 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31224 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31225 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31226 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31227 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31228 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31229 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31230 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31231 C-q a ws-query-replace
31232 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31233 C-q c end-of-buffer
31236 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31238 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31239 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31240 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31241 C-q w ws-last-error
31243 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31249 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (19146 53667))
31250 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
31252 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
31253 Perform an interactive search.
31254 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
31255 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
31256 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
31257 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
31259 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
31262 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
31264 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
31268 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
31269 ;;;;;; (18785 31837))
31270 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31272 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31273 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31274 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
31275 Returns the top node with all its children.
31276 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31277 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31279 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31281 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31282 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31283 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31284 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31285 is not well-formed XML.
31286 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31287 and returned as the first element of the list.
31288 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31290 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31294 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
31295 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (18785 32015))
31296 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31298 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31299 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31300 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31301 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31302 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31303 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31304 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31305 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31306 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31307 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31309 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31313 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18826
31315 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31317 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31318 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31319 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31320 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31321 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31322 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31324 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31326 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31327 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31328 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
31331 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31332 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31333 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31334 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31335 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31336 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31342 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31343 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (19104 32703))
31344 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31346 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31347 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31349 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31351 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31352 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31358 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31359 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (19146 53667))
31360 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31362 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
31363 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31365 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31367 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
31368 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31370 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31372 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
31373 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31374 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31376 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31378 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
31379 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31385 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (18785 32033))
31386 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31388 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31389 Zone out, completely.
31395 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "bindings.el" "buff-menu.el"
31396 ;;;;;; "button.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
31397 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
31398 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
31399 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
31400 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
31401 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
31402 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el"
31403 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el"
31404 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
31405 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
31406 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
31407 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31408 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31409 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31410 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
31411 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
31412 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31413 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31414 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
31415 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
31416 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
31417 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
31418 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el"
31419 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
31420 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
31421 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
31422 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
31423 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
31424 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
31425 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
31426 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
31427 ;;;;;; "cedet/inversion.el" "cedet/mode-local.el" "cedet/pulse.el"
31428 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31429 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31430 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31431 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
31432 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
31433 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
31434 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
31435 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
31436 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
31437 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
31438 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
31439 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
31440 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31441 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31442 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31443 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31444 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31445 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31446 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31447 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el" "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el"
31448 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
31449 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
31450 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
31451 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
31452 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
31453 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
31454 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31455 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31456 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31457 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31458 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
31459 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
31460 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
31461 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31462 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31463 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31464 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31465 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
31466 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
31467 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "composite.el"
31468 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "cus-face.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dframe.el"
31469 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dnd.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
31470 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-hook.el" "ediff-init.el"
31471 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
31472 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31473 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
31474 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el" "emacs-lisp/chart.el"
31475 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
31476 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el"
31477 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-comp.el"
31478 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
31479 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
31480 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
31481 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
31482 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
31483 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
31484 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31485 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lisp/timer.el" "emacs-lock.el"
31486 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
31487 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
31488 ;;;;;; "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el"
31489 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el"
31490 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el"
31491 ;;;;;; "epa-hook.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
31492 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
31493 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
31494 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
31495 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
31496 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
31497 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
31498 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
31499 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
31500 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "facemenu.el"
31501 ;;;;;; "faces.el" "files.el" "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el"
31502 ;;;;;; "format-spec.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
31503 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/auth-source.el"
31504 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
31505 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
31506 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
31507 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
31508 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
31509 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
31510 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
31511 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
31512 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
31513 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el"
31514 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
31515 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el"
31516 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el"
31517 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
31518 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31519 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
31520 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
31521 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
31522 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
31523 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
31524 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
31525 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
31526 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el" "hex-util.el"
31527 ;;;;;; "ibuf-ext.el" "image.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el"
31528 ;;;;;; "international/charprop.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
31529 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31530 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
31531 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el"
31532 ;;;;;; "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-category.el"
31533 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
31534 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
31535 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
31536 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
31537 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
31538 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
31539 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "json.el" "kermit.el"
31540 ;;;;;; "language/burmese.el" "language/cham.el" "language/chinese.el"
31541 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/english.el"
31542 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
31543 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/hebrew.el"
31544 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/khmer.el"
31545 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/misc-lang.el"
31546 ;;;;;; "language/romanian.el" "language/sinhala.el" "language/slovak.el"
31547 ;;;;;; "language/tai-viet.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
31548 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
31549 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
31550 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
31551 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el"
31552 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
31553 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "menu-bar.el"
31554 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
31555 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
31556 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
31557 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
31558 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
31559 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
31560 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
31561 ;;;;;; "minibuffer.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el" "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el"
31562 ;;;;;; "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
31563 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el"
31564 ;;;;;; "net/imap-hash.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el"
31565 ;;;;;; "net/netrc.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
31566 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/socks.el"
31567 ;;;;;; "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
31568 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-fish.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el"
31569 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-imap.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
31570 ;;;;;; "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
31571 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
31572 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
31573 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
31574 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
31575 ;;;;;; "nxml/subdirs.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
31576 ;;;;;; "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
31577 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el"
31578 ;;;;;; "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el"
31579 ;;;;;; "org/org-jsinfo.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-mac-message.el"
31580 ;;;;;; "org/org-macs.el" "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
31581 ;;;;;; "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el"
31582 ;;;;;; "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el" "password-cache.el"
31583 ;;;;;; "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
31584 ;;;;;; "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
31585 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
31586 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
31587 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
31588 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
31589 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
31590 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
31591 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
31592 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
31593 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "register.el" "replace.el"
31594 ;;;;;; "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
31595 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el"
31596 ;;;;;; "subdirs.el" "subr.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
31597 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
31598 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
31599 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31600 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
31601 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
31602 ;;;;;; "tool-bar.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el"
31603 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
31604 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
31605 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31606 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
31607 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el"
31608 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (19146
31609 ;;;;;; 53878 838791))
31613 (provide 'loaddefs)
31614 ;; Local Variables:
31615 ;; version-control: never
31616 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31617 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31620 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here